WO2023229268A1 - Language learning apparatus and method - Google Patents

Language learning apparatus and method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023229268A1
WO2023229268A1 PCT/KR2023/006447 KR2023006447W WO2023229268A1 WO 2023229268 A1 WO2023229268 A1 WO 2023229268A1 KR 2023006447 W KR2023006447 W KR 2023006447W WO 2023229268 A1 WO2023229268 A1 WO 2023229268A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
review
day
learning
cycle
user
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/KR2023/006447
Other languages
French (fr)
Korean (ko)
Inventor
이승호
Original Assignee
이승호
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 이승호 filed Critical 이승호
Publication of WO2023229268A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023229268A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09BEDUCATIONAL OR DEMONSTRATION APPLIANCES; APPLIANCES FOR TEACHING, OR COMMUNICATING WITH, THE BLIND, DEAF OR MUTE; MODELS; PLANETARIA; GLOBES; MAPS; DIAGRAMS
    • G09B19/00Teaching not covered by other main groups of this subclass
    • G09B19/06Foreign languages
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09BEDUCATIONAL OR DEMONSTRATION APPLIANCES; APPLIANCES FOR TEACHING, OR COMMUNICATING WITH, THE BLIND, DEAF OR MUTE; MODELS; PLANETARIA; GLOBES; MAPS; DIAGRAMS
    • G09B7/00Electrically-operated teaching apparatus or devices working with questions and answers
    • G09B7/02Electrically-operated teaching apparatus or devices working with questions and answers of the type wherein the student is expected to construct an answer to the question which is presented or wherein the machine gives an answer to the question presented by a student

Definitions

  • This application relates to language learning devices and methods that enable effective learning of languages, including Korean and foreign languages (eg, English, Japanese, French, etc.).
  • Language is a means of general human communication and can be said to be a very important element in people's lives. Recently, as we enter the global era, the importance of learning languages from various countries, including English, has been emphasized, and efforts are being made to easily learn the languages of various countries in line with the trend of the times.
  • the purpose of this application is to solve the problems of the prior art described above, and to enable effective language learning, taking into account the tendency of human memory to be forgotten as time passes, it is possible to learn regularly and steadily, but to prevent memory from fading.
  • the purpose is to provide language learning devices and methods that enable repeated learning (review) over time.
  • This application is intended to solve the problems of the prior art described above, and by enabling not only word learning but also sentence learning, the ability to interpret and understand given sentences, problems, etc., or the ability to write sentences, etc. can be greatly improved.
  • the purpose is to provide language learning devices and methods.
  • a language learning device includes a providing unit that provides today's problems for language learning; And it may include a review control unit that considers whether the user has completed learning about the problem of the day and provides a review problem for reviewing the problem that has been studied.
  • the problem of the day includes a plurality of problems provided at a plurality of times at preset times, and the provision unit may provide the problem of the day every day and provide a new problem of the day every day.
  • the providing unit may provide today's problems after providing the review problems provided on that day.
  • the review control unit recognizes a problem for which learning has not been completed within the learning validity time as an incomplete learning problem, and recognizes a problem for which learning has been completed within the learning validity time as a learning complete problem.
  • the effective learning time for each of the plurality of problems may be set to the time before the next problem is provided.
  • the review control unit may, in the case of an unstudyed problem that is confirmed to have not been completed by the user among the plurality of problems in the Today's Problem, delete it so that re-studying and reviewing is not possible.
  • the review control unit in the case of a completed problem for which learning has been confirmed to be completed by the user among the plurality of problems in the problem of the day, provides preset review period information to enable review, and provides information on a preset review period to enable review, and provides information on a preset review period to enable review. Corresponding review questions can be provided according to the review cycle within the preset review period information.
  • the review cycle may be information about the cycle between a plurality of review days set for a plurality of review days.
  • the review cycle may be adjusted differently depending on whether the user answers the provided review question correctly each time the review question is provided.
  • the language learning device further includes a control unit that controls screen display of today's problem provided by the providing unit and the review problem provided by the review control unit, the control unit comprising: If it is detected that the user has given an incorrect answer when solving the problem of the day or the review problem, control can be made so that the correct answer can be confirmed only when the user has reattempted the problem solving at least three times.
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram showing the schematic configuration of a language learning device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIGS. 2 to 6 are diagrams showing examples of screens provided by a language learning device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figures 7 and 8 are diagrams for explaining a language learning device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 9 is an operation flowchart of a language learning method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 1 is a diagram showing the schematic configuration of a language learning device 10 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the language learning device 10 according to an embodiment of the present application will be referred to as the present device 10.
  • the device 10 is a language learning device and can provide web pages, app pages, programs, or applications related to language learning to users using the device 10. Users using the device 10 may be referred to differently as learners, etc.
  • the device 10 may be provided in the form of a device included in a terminal (user terminal) carried by the user.
  • the device 10 may be a device that can be implemented in the form of a program or application (app, app) installed on the terminal.
  • the language learning method provided through the device 10 may be implemented in the form of a program or application and provided to the user (learner) through a terminal.
  • the device 10 may be provided in the form of a server capable of transmitting and receiving data through a terminal and a network.
  • the device 10, which is provided in the form of a server can control the screen display of the terminals of users who access the application provided by the device 10.
  • This device 10, which is provided in the form of a server may be referred to as a language learning server, etc.
  • the device 10 is provided as an example of being included in a terminal.
  • the application (app, app) provided by the device 10 herein is a language learning application (app) and may be referred to as the app for convenience of description below.
  • the device 10 can control the operation (for example, screen display operation, etc.) of the terminals of users who have installed this app (each of the learners' terminals).
  • the terminal includes, for example, PCS (Personal Communication System), GSM (Global System for Mobile communication), PDC (Personal Digital Cellular), PHS (Personal Handyphone System), PDA (Personal Digital Assistant), IMT (International Mobile Telecommunication)-2000, CDMA (Code Division Multiple Access)-2000, W-CDMA (WCode Division Multiple Access), Wibro (Wireless Broadband Internet) terminal, smartphone, SmartPad, tablet It may include, but is not limited to, all types of wired and wireless communication devices such as PCs, laptops, wearable devices, desktop PCs, etc.
  • PCS Personal Communication System
  • GSM Global System for Mobile communication
  • PDC Personal Digital Cellular
  • PHS Personal Handyphone System
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • IMT International Mobile Telecommunication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • W-CDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • Wibro Wireless Broadband Internet
  • networks include, for example, 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) network, Long Term Evolution (LTE) network, World Interoperability for Microwave Access (WIMAX) network, Internet, Local Area Network (LAN), and Wireless Local Area Network (Wireless LAN).
  • 3GPP 3rd Generation Partnership Project
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • WIMAX World Interoperability for Microwave Access
  • Internet Internet
  • Local Area Network LAN
  • Wireless Local Area Network Wireless Local Area Network
  • Area Network Wide Area Network
  • WAN Wide Area Network
  • PAN Personal Area Network
  • Bluetooth Wireless Network
  • NFC Near Field Communication
  • satellite broadcasting network satellite broadcasting network
  • analog broadcasting network DMB (Digital Multimedia Broadcasting) network, etc.
  • DMB Digital Multimedia Broadcasting
  • FIGS. 2 to 6 are diagrams showing examples of screens provided by the language learning device 10 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4 i.e., Figures 4a and 4b
  • Figures 4a and 4b shows an example of a process in which today's problem of the 17th day (today's problem of the day) is provided.
  • 7 and 8 are diagrams for explaining the language learning device 10 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 10 may include a provision unit 11 and a review control unit 12.
  • the device 10 includes a database unit (not shown) that stores a plurality of problems, and various information provided by the device 10 (for example, It may include a display unit (not shown), which is a screen that displays (problems, etc.), and a control unit (not shown) that controls the operation of each unit within the device 10.
  • a control unit may control the display of a screen displayed on a display unit (not shown).
  • the provision unit 11 may provide today's problems for language learning.
  • the providing unit 11 may provide at least one problem among a plurality of problems stored in the database unit (not shown) as today's problem.
  • the providing unit 11 may provide today's problems to be displayed on a display unit (not shown).
  • Problems considered in the device 10 may be problems related to language learning, that is, problems for language learning.
  • various languages can be considered, including not only Korean but also foreign languages such as English, Japanese, Chinese, and French.
  • the device 10 may be a language learning device capable of learning various languages (eg, Korean, English, Japanese, Chinese, French, etc.).
  • the problem considered in the present device 10 may be a problem related to English writing or listening problems.
  • Today's problem provided by the providing unit 11 may include a plurality of problems provided at a plurality of times at a preset time.
  • the provision unit 11 provides today's problems every day, and may provide new today's problems every day.
  • the preset time for multiple times may mean a time corresponding to a different time point of multiple times based on the same day (24 hours a day), and here, multiple times may be three times.
  • the preset times for multiple times include 8 o'clock, which is the first preset time (the first time), 14 o'clock, which is the second preset time (the second time), and the third preset time (the third time). ) may be included at 20 o'clock.
  • today's problem is the first problem provided at 8 o'clock (today's first problem), the second problem provided at 14 o'clock (today's second problem), and the third problem provided at 20 o'clock (today's first problem). 3rd problem) may be included.
  • the first problem is Q1 (Question 1) as the first problem provided
  • the second problem is Q2 (Question 2) as the second problem provided
  • the third problem is Q3 (Question 3) as the third problem provided. It can be expressed as
  • the content explained for any one of the plurality of problems (Q1, Q2, Q3) in today's problem is the same as the explanation for each of the plurality of problems even if the content is omitted below. It can be applied easily.
  • the content explained regarding the Problem of the Day provided on any one of the Problem of the Day provided every day may be equally applied to the explanation of the Problem of the Day provided on other days (every day) even if the content is omitted below. there is.
  • the provision unit 11 can provide three problems (Q1, Q2, Q3) as today's problems at a set time every day (i.e., 8:00, 14:00, and 20:00).
  • the provision unit 11 can provide three problems as the Problem of the Day every day, and each of the three problems within the Problem of the Day can be provided one by one at different preset times (8:00, 14:00, and 20:00). there is.
  • the problem of the day provided on the next day may be a new problem that is different from the problem of the day provided on the same day.
  • the providing unit 11 can provide a new (new) problem of the day every day without providing the same duplicate problem.
  • the preset times for multiple sessions are set to 8:00, 14:00, and 20:00.
  • the preset times for multiple sessions are set by the user. It can be changed or set to a different value by (the learner).
  • control unit can control the user to set a plurality of preset times, which is the time (time) at which each of the plurality of problems (three problems Q1, Q2, and Q3) in today's problem is provided.
  • the control unit can control the interval between the plurality of preset times to be set to an interval of at least 3 hours or more, as shown in FIG. 5 .
  • the control unit (not shown) may display a learning time setting screen as shown in FIG. 5 on the screen of the display unit. Through the learning time setting screen, users can set the time (time) at which each of the multiple problems (Q1, Q2, Q3) in Today's Problem are provided. At this time, the control unit (not shown) can control the time interval between problems to be at least 3 hours or more in order to maximize the effect of unconsciously organizing the brain's memory and prevent 'cramming' learning habits. In other words, when the user performs language learning through the device 10, the control unit (not shown) maximizes the effect of unconsciously organizing the brain's memory and prevents 'cramming' learning habits.
  • the interval between the provision times of multiple problems (3 problems) provided can be controlled to be set to at least 3 hours. In this way, the 'feature that controls the interval setting between the times when multiple problems within the Today's Problem are provided is set to an interval of at least 3 hours or more' can be referred to as the fifth feature of this app as an example.
  • the control unit (not shown)
  • the learning time in (Q2) can be controlled to be set to any time after 11 o'clock. That is, since the study time for the first problem (Q1) is 8 o'clock, the study time for the second problem (Q2) can be set to a time after 11 o'clock, which is at least 3 hours later.
  • the control unit sets the learning time for the third problem (Q3) at least 3 hours from 11 o'clock (11 o'clock, the learning time for the second problem). It can be controlled to be set to any time after 14:00.
  • the study time for the first question (Q1) is 08:00
  • the study time can be set so that the second question (Q2) can be received at 11:00, at least 3 hours later.
  • the control unit (not shown) can widen the interval of 3 hours according to the user's (learner's) inclination and judgment, but can control it so that the interval cannot be reduced to less than 3 hours.
  • the control unit (not shown) allows the user to set the interval between the provision times of a plurality of problems (3 problems) provided as the problem of the day to a wider period of time (eg, 5 hours, 6 hours, etc.) based on 3 hours. It can be controlled so that it can be set at intervals, and it can be controlled so that settings cannot be made at intervals narrower than the 3-hour interval (e.g., 1 hour, 2 hours, etc.).
  • the provider 11 provides today's problem one at 8:00, 14:00, and 20:00 on today's day, for a total of 3.
  • One problem is provided, and the next day, one problem of the day is provided at 8:00, 14:00, and 20:00, for a total of 3 problems.
  • the review control unit 12 may consider whether the user has completed learning about today's problem provided by the provision unit 11 and provide a review problem for reviewing the completed problem.
  • the review control unit 12 may provide review problems corresponding to completed problems to be displayed on a display unit (not shown) so that review of completed problems is possible.
  • the review problem may be the same problem as the study completion problem.
  • the review control unit 12 selects the next problem (i.e., Q2) of one problem (for example, Q1). If it is confirmed that the user has completed learning a problem (eg, Q1) before the provided time, the problem (eg, Q1) may be recognized as a learning complete problem.
  • the review control unit 12 controls the next problem (e.g. Q2) of one problem (e.g. Q1). If it is confirmed that the user has not completed learning a problem (for example, Q1) before the time when ) is provided, a problem (for example, Q1) may be recognized as an uncompleted learning problem.
  • the review control unit 12 may, in the case of an unfinished problem that is confirmed to have not been completed by the user among the plurality of problems in today's problem provided by the providing unit 11, delete it so that re-study and review are not possible. there is.
  • the review control unit 12 deletes a review problem (at least one review problem) previously provided before the incomplete study problem before the incomplete study problem to be deleted is provided as today's problem. ) exists, the incomplete learning problem and the previous review problem (at least one review problem) of the incomplete learning problem can be deleted together.
  • the provision unit 11 provides Q2 today's problem of the 14th day, for example, 'Q2 review problem of the 7th day ⁇ Q2 review problem of the 11th day ⁇ Q2 review of the 13th day. After providing the ‘problems’ sequentially, you can provide the Q2 problem of the day on the 14th day.
  • the review control unit 12 makes it impossible to re-learn and review the Q2 Today's Problem of the 14th day. You can delete it to do so. Therefore, if the Q2 today's problem of the 14th day was a study completion problem, the review control unit 12 would have provided the Q2 review problem of the 14th day on the 15th and 17th days, respectively, as shown in FIG. 4B.
  • the review control unit 12 deletes the Q2 today's problem of the 14th day, so that the 14th day Q2 review problem of the 14th day includes the 15th and 17th days. You can make it impossible to re-study or review by not providing it at all after the 14th day.
  • the review control unit 12 deletes the Q2 today's problem of the 14th day
  • the review problems previously provided before the Q2 today's problem of the 14th day i.e., the Q2 review problem of the 7th day, the Q2 review problem of the 11th day, and Day 13 Q2 review questions
  • the learning effective time that the user can learn for one provided problem i.e., the effective time to solve the problem
  • the learning effective time that the user can learn for one provided problem can be set as the time from the time (point in time) at which one problem is provided until (immediately before) the time (point in time) at which the next problem provided after one problem is provided.
  • the review control unit 12 recognizes a problem for which learning has not been completed within the learning effective time as an incomplete learning problem for each of the plurality of problems (Q1, Q2, Q3) in today's problem, and learns the problem within the learning effective time. This completed problem can be recognized as a learned problem.
  • the effective learning time for each of the plurality of problems (Q1, Q2, Q3) can be set to the time until (immediately before) the time when the next problem is provided.
  • the preset time for multiple sessions is set to 8:00, 14:00, and 20:00. That is, as today's problem every day, Let's say Q1 is provided at 8 o'clock, Q2 is provided at 14 o'clock, and Q3 is provided at 20 o'clock.
  • the provider 11 provided Q1, the first problem of the day, at 8 o'clock on May 1.
  • the user may be able to learn about the Q1 problem only until 14:00 (i.e., 13:59:59), which is the time when the next problem, Q2 problem, is provided (i.e., the user can only solve the problem until 14:00) .
  • the review control unit 12 may recognize the Q1 problem as an uncompleted problem and delete the Q1 problem so that it cannot be re-learned or reviewed in the future. .
  • the review control unit 12 may delete the corresponding uncompleted problem (Q1 problem provided at 8 o'clock on May 1) from among the plurality of problems stored in the database unit (not shown).
  • the provider 11 can provide Q2, the second problem of today's problem, when the number is 14 on May 1.
  • the user may be able to learn about the Q2 problem only until 20:00, when the next problem, the Q3 problem, is provided.
  • the review control unit 12 recognizes the Q2 problem as a completed problem, and thus preset the Q2 problem, which is a completed problem, as described later to enable future re-learning and review.
  • Review period information can be repeatedly provided as review problems according to the review period within the review period.
  • the provision unit 11 can provide Q3, the third problem of today's problems, at 20:00 on May 1. Users may be able to learn about the Q3 problem only until the next problem, the Q1 problem (this means the Q1 problem provided at 8 o'clock on May 2), is provided until 8 o'clock the next day. If the user has not completed learning the Q3 problem before 8:00 on May 2, the review control unit 12 recognizes the Q3 problem as an uncompleted problem and deletes the Q3 problem so that it cannot be re-studyed or reviewed in the future. It can be handled. Afterwards, the provision unit 11 can provide Q1, the first problem among today's new problems, at 8 o'clock on May 2nd.
  • the review control unit 12 deletes incomplete learning problems, so that in the case of incomplete learning problems, the problems disappear and learning cannot be done again in the future.
  • This app language learning method
  • This app may have a number of features, including the feature of inducing regular learning by deleting incomplete learning problems so that re-learning and review are not possible.
  • ' can be referred to as the first feature of this app. That is, according to the first feature, the device 10 provides problems at a set time every day, but if “learning is not completed” before the provision time of the next problem, the problem of incomplete learning occurs the moment the provision time of the next problem arrives. It can be deleted so that it disappears and learning becomes impossible. Accordingly, it may become impossible to review or re-learn sentences that have not been 'learned' (incomplete learning problems) in the future.
  • the effective time (effective learning time) of today's problem in this application may mean the time until just before the time of the next problem.
  • the valid time of today's question means before the time of the next question, so for example, if Q1 is provided at 08:00, Q2 is provided at 14:00, and Q3 is provided at 20:00, Q1 disappears at 14:00. Q2 is provided, and similarly, Q2 disappears at 20 o'clock and Q3 can be provided. At this time, if there is a review problem in front of today's problem, you can make all the previous review problems disappear together when today's problem disappears.
  • the present device 10 provides the function corresponding to the first feature, thereby enabling the user (learner) to control the habit of postponing learning to a later date and enable learning on a regular and consistent basis.
  • the device 10 can provide three problems as today's problems at set times every day (for example, 8:00, 14:00, and 20:00). At this time, for each of the problems provided every day (each of the three problems in today's problem), the valid time for learning (effective learning time) can be set to the time before (immediately before) the time when the next problem is provided. In other words, this device 10 can provide problems three times a day (one problem each at 8:00, 14:00, and 20:00), and it is possible to provide problems that are not 'study complete' before the next problem is provided. In this regard, by deleting the problem so that it disappears, it is possible to make it impossible to study the problem (incomplete learning problem) in the future and to make it impossible to review it later.
  • the review control unit 12 You can delete Q1 problems (incomplete learning problems) so that you can never re-study or review incomplete problems in the future. Q2 may then be provided at 14:00.
  • This device 10 can improve the user's habit of delaying learning about problems provided every day to a later date, and thereby induce regular and steady learning. In other words, this device 10 can induce regular learning by a user who performs language learning through this device.
  • the review control unit 12 determines whether the user has completed learning for one of the provided problems (i.e., whether the user has completed learning for one of the provided problems). You can judge.
  • the review control unit 12 repeatedly provides study in accordance with the review cycle within a preset review period to enable future re-study and review for study-complete problems, while for un-study problems for which study has not been completed, re-study and review at a later date. It can be deleted so that it cannot be reviewed.
  • the review control unit 12 performs a 'problem solving process, a correct answer confirmation process, and a review process' by the user for a provided problem, as shown in FIG. 2. and correct answer confirmation process', it can be determined that learning of a provided problem has been completed.
  • the completion of learning at our institute means a total of 4 steps as follows: “Problem solving process (step 1) ⁇ Correct answer confirmation process (step 2) ⁇ Review process (step 3) ⁇ Correct answer confirmation process (step 4)” This may mean that all execution has been completed.
  • the provider 11 displays the same problem as shown in (a) of FIG. 2 as the second problem (Q2) among today's problems on the screen of the display unit (not shown) at 14:00 on May 1. It can be provided to be displayed.
  • the user solves the problem on the screen shown in (a) of Figure 2, performs the problem solving process (step 1), and then provides the correct answer as shown in (b) of Figure 2.
  • the correct answer confirmation process (step 4) of checking the correct answer is performed, the review control unit 12 determines that the user has completed learning the provided second problem (Q2) and marks the second problem (Q2) as a learning complete problem. It can be recognized.
  • the learning method for each of the three problems (problem of the day) provided every day is "Problem solving process (step 1) ⁇ Answer checking process (step 2) ⁇ Review process (step 3) ⁇ Answer checking process (step 4) )", learning can be accomplished in a total of four steps.
  • the review control unit 12 completes learning of one of the provided problems only if learning is completed through a four-step process for one of the provided problems. It can be recognized as a problem.
  • the review control unit 12 may recognize a problem in which at least one of the four steps has not been performed as an uncompleted learning problem.
  • the control unit can control the screen display (screen display on the display unit) of today's problem provided by the providing unit 11 and the review problem provided by the review control unit 12.
  • the control unit (not shown) is operated when the user performs problem solving for today's problem or review problem (i.e., in the case of today's problem, this means performing the problem solving process, and in the case of review problem, it means the review process). ) If an incorrect answer is detected, the correct answer cannot be confirmed immediately. It can be controlled so that the correct answer can be confirmed only after retrying the problem at least three times.
  • control unit can control the display (screen display) of the screen displayed on the display unit (not shown).
  • the control unit may control the screen display of today's problem provided by the providing unit 11 and/or the review problem provided by the review control unit 12.
  • the control unit (not shown) can control so that if the user answers incorrectly during the problem solving and reviewing process, the correct answer cannot be confirmed immediately, and the correct answer can be confirmed after retrying the problem at least three times.
  • This device 10 can improve the user's learning efficiency.
  • the 'feature that allows confirmation of the correct answer after at least three retries' can be referred to as the second feature of this app, as an example. According to this second feature, the device 10 can prevent the user from checking the correct answer without sufficient thinking, thereby effectively improving learning efficiency.
  • control unit performs learning (problem solving) on a problem provided by the providing unit 11 (for example, the Q2 problem) during the four-step process described above. If the user writes an incorrect answer during the problem-solving process (step 1), the correct answer confirmation process (step 2) is not immediately possible, but rather a re-solving opportunity is provided to solve the Q2 problem with an incorrect answer at least three times (i.e. , 3 or more replay opportunities) can be provided.
  • control unit when the user first solves the Q2 problem provided in Today's Problem and gets it wrong (i.e., gets it wrong in step 1 of the problem-solving process), the control unit (not shown) performs two re-answers, but the answer is still wrong, and at this time, the correct answer is given.
  • control can be made so that confirmation of the correct answer is not possible as at least three replays are not performed (i.e., control is made so that the second step, which is the process of confirming the correct answer, cannot be performed).
  • the control unit (not shown) can confirm the correct answer, for example, when the user solves the provided Q2 problem and gets it wrong, and then re-answers it 3 (or 4, etc.) times, but the answer is still wrong and a request is made to confirm the correct answer. It can be controlled so that the second step, which is the correct answer confirmation process, can be performed.
  • the device 10 does not allow the user to immediately check the correct answer when the user solves a given problem and gets an incorrect answer, but allows the user to check the correct answer only after resolving the problem at least three times, thereby ensuring sufficient accuracy. It can lead to improved learning efficiency by preventing cases of checking the correct answer without thinking.
  • the control unit can enable the user to check the correct answer after providing at least three re-answer opportunities in the problem-solving process (step 1) as well as the reviewing process (step 3) when the user writes an incorrect answer.
  • the control unit immediately provides the correct answer. cannot be confirmed, the correct answer can be confirmed after at least 3 replay attempts.
  • the review control unit 12 provides preset review period information to enable re-study and review in the case of a study-completed problem that has been confirmed to have been completed by the user among the plurality of problems in today's problem provided by the provision unit 11. can be given, and review problems corresponding to study completion problems can be provided repeatedly according to the review cycle within the preset review period information.
  • the description of the preset review period information can be more easily understood with reference to FIG. 6.
  • the preset review period information may mean information that sets a period (review period) during which a review of a problem that has been completed has been reviewed.
  • the review cycle may refer to information about the cycle (period, interval) between a plurality of review days set for a plurality of review days.
  • the preset review period information may include a plurality of review days (review dates), number of review times (i.e., number of review days), and review cycle (interval information between review days).
  • the review cycle in the preset review period information may mean cycle information of the date (review date) on which the study completion problem is provided as a review problem.
  • the pre-set review period information is 'D+1, D+3, D+7, D+15, D+30' from the day the problem was studied (learning date, learning completion date) for a study completion problem. , D+60, D+120, D+210, D+365, D+600, D+1000'.
  • This setting value of review period information may be referred to herein as a default setting value.
  • Each of the problems provided by the device 10 may be given (set) a default setting value as review period information, but is limited to this. That is not the case.
  • Each of the problems provided by the device 10 includes review period information, i) provided (set) with review period information changed/set by the user himself, as in the sixth feature of this app, which will be described later, or ii) )
  • the changed review period information is applied depending on whether or not the review problem has not been completed, or iii) as in the 8th feature of this app explained later, the changed review period information is applied depending on whether the review question is correct or not. Changed review period information may be applied accordingly.
  • the plurality of review days in the preset review period information are the first review day (i.e., day 1, D+1), the second review day (i.e., day 3, D+3), and the third review day. It means review day (i.e., 7th day, D+7), etc., and you can see that the number of review days is set to 11.
  • the review cycle is '2 (i.e., 2 days, the difference between the first and second review days), 4 (i.e., 4 days, the difference between the second and third review days), You can see that it is set to 8, 15, 30, 60, 90, 155, 235, 400 (i.e., 400 days, which is the difference between the 10th and 11th review days).
  • the review control unit 12 creates a review problem corresponding to the study completed problem (i.e., the same problem as the study completed problem as a review problem) as a preset problem.
  • Review period information can be provided repeatedly for multiple review days within the preset review period information in accordance with the review cycle within the review period information.
  • question Q1 day 1 Q1
  • the review control unit 12 adjusts the review problem corresponding to the 'Q1 problem, which is a problem completed on day 1', to the review cycle within the preset review period information on the 2nd day (D+1) and on the 4th day (D+). 3)
  • the 8th day (D+7) on the 16th day (D+15), ... , can be provided on the 1001st day (D+1000).
  • the review control unit 12 selects ‘Q1 problem, which is a study completion problem on the 3rd day,’ on the 4th day (D+1), 6th day (D+3), 10th day (D+7), and 18th day (D+ 15), Day 33 (D+30), Day 63 (D+60), Day 123 (D+120), Day 213 (D+210), Day 368 (D+365), Day 603 (D+600) , can be provided as a review problem on day 1003 (D+1000).
  • the preset review period information given to the study completion problem in this device 10 is, for example, the default setting value is 'D+1, D' from the study completion date (learning date, study completion date) of the study completion problem. It can be set as follows: +3, D+7, D+15, D+30, D+60, D+120, D+210, D+365, D+600, D+1000.
  • This preset review period information i.e., review period information given to completed learning problems
  • the Ebbinghaus curve (Ebbinghaus forgetting curve) means that H. Ebbinghaus studied memory or forgetting and presented a graph of the general forgetting tendency that appears over time.
  • the Ebbinghaus curve is considered a pioneering and classic result in memory research. Ebbinghaus devised a nonsense spelling to study forgetting. In other words, since common words or meaningful spellings are already in memory and can influence research, words (words with randomly arranged English consonants and vowels can be applied equally to everyone and minimize the impact on memory). For example, VAQ, MHI) were designed. After completely learning this series of meaningless letters to the experimental participants, the amount of forgetting was measured over time and created in a chart. This diagram is called the Ebbinghaus forgetting curve or Ebbinghaus curve.
  • the review control unit 12 uses the 'preset review period information' given to completed learning problems to have a structure in which the review period (interval between review days within the review period information) increases as time passes. You can set it.
  • the 'preset review period information' considered in the device 10 may be set in a structure in which the review period (interval between reviews) increases as time passes.
  • the pre-set review period information is set in a structure in which the rate at which the accumulated number of repetitions increases decreases as time passes (i.e., the cumulative number of repetitions that accumulates the number of review times for review days that are repeated over time) It can be set in a structure where the rate of increase in value gradually decreases.
  • This device 10 can provide the user with a review cycle of the review period information set in this way so that the user can regularly and repeatedly perform a review (solution of the review problem) of the study completed problem.
  • the solution to the review problem) can be provided so that the review progresses to offset Ebbinghaus' forgetting curve.
  • the 'Jeo Ki-young repetition curve' shows the time when review is performed using the language learning/review method provided by the device 10 (i.e., a method of providing review problems with a review cycle of preset review period information). It shows the amount of memory (or tendency to forget) in the form of a graph as it passes.
  • the horizontal axis represents the passage of time
  • the vertical axis represents change information in memory amount or number of repetitions (in particular, the cumulative number of repetitions accumulated by the number of repetitions).
  • This device (10) does not have a structure that allows review of study completed problems to be done every day, but a structure in which the review cycle gradually increases as time passes, so that review is conducted regularly and repeatedly in accordance with the review cycle of the preset review period information. It can be provided to make it happen. Reviewing a specific problem every day (i.e. reviewing it every day) can easily tire a learner and is very inefficient in terms of helping memory (i.e. maintaining memory). In order to solve this problem, the present device 10 allows repeated learning to occur at a review cycle of information during a preset review period according to the pattern of memory loss (according to the shape of Ebbinghaus' forgetting curve), rather than repeating every day. Learning/review can be done to achieve the highest memory efficiency with minimal repetition.
  • the preset review period information may be set in a structure in which the review cycle (interval between review days) increases as time passes.
  • the review period within the preset review period information is equal to '2, 4, 8, 15, 30, 60, 90, 155, 235, 400', so review You can see that the cycle interval is set to increase as time passes (goes backwards).
  • the user sets the value of the review period information (preset review period information) assigned to each problem (specific problem) at the user's own discretion. It can be provided to be freely changed/configurable.
  • the review control unit 12 sets the review period for a plurality of review days in the review period information (in particular, the interval between two consecutive review days). ), it can be controlled so that it is impossible to set (change) the rear review cycle, which is located relatively in the rear, to a shorter cycle (interval) than the front review cycle, which is located in the front.
  • the review control unit 12 can control so that when the user changes the setting value of the review period information for a study completion problem or a review problem, the later review cycle is set to a shorter cycle than the front review cycle.
  • the review control unit 12 allows the user to set the review period information for a specific problem (one of the study completion problems or review problems) to 'D+1, D+3, D+7, D. +10, D+15, ... 'You can control it so that it cannot be changed (set).
  • the posterior review cycle is 3 days (i.e., the gap between D+7 and D+10 is 3 days)
  • the front review cycle is 4 days (i.e., the gap between D+3 and D+7 is 4 days). Therefore, since the rear review cycle can be said to be shorter than the front review cycle, it may not be possible to set this review cycle in the device 10.
  • the device 10 sets the setting value of the preset review period information so that the review period becomes longer toward the rear compared to the front (i.e., the review period on the rear side is set to be longer than the review cycle on the front side), thereby storing the memory.
  • repeated learning (review) is possible, that is, repeated learning (review) can be done to achieve the highest memory efficiency with minimal repetition, thereby enabling the most effective language learning.
  • the review control unit 12 provides a review problem for a study completion problem (for example, 'Q1 problem, which is a problem completed on day 1') according to the review cycle within the preset review period information
  • the study completion problem is selected as today's problem.
  • Review date within the review cycle taking into account information (i.e., information on which question it corresponds to among Q1, the first problem, Q2, the second problem, and Q3, the third problem).
  • today's problems provided on the relevant review day i.e., Q1 problem among today's problems provided on the relevant review day
  • the review control unit 12 individually (independently) for each of the plurality of problems in the problem of the day provided repeatedly every day, depending on whether each problem is a completed problem or not, and for each problem recognized as a completed problem. ) Preset review period information can be given.
  • the review control unit 12 when the review control unit 12 completes learning of Q1 problem, it can provide review problems of the Q1 problem that has been studied prior to today's problem Q1 even when it is reviewed later.
  • the review control unit 12 is provided by the provision unit 11 on the date on which the review problem is provided (one review day among a plurality of review days).
  • review problems review problems of Q2 problems that have been studied
  • Q2 of today's problems Before Q2 of today's problems provided by ), review problems (review problems of Q2 problems that have been studied) can be provided before Q2 of today's problems.
  • the device 10 may provide the review problem first and then provide today's problem later.
  • the device 10 first provides the existing review problem so that the user solves it first, and then solves all the review problems. As long as it is possible to provide the problem of the day.
  • the provision unit 11 when providing today's problem every day, the provision unit 11 provides the problem of the day, if there is a review problem provided by the review control unit 12 on that day (one day of each day). , Today's problems can be provided on the same day after the review problems provided on the same day. When providing today's problem on the same day, if there is at least one review problem provided on that day, the provision unit 11 provides today's problem only if it is confirmed that the user has completed reviewing at least one review problem provided on that day. can be provided.
  • the provision unit 11 checks whether the user has completed reviewing all of the plurality of review problems provided on that day (i.e., whether the user has completed reviewing all of the plurality of review problems provided on that day) (check whether the user has completed reviewing the problem), and only if it is confirmed that the user has completed reviewing all of the multiple review problems provided on that day, today's problem of the day can be provided. At this time, before providing the problem of the day, if there are a plurality of review problems provided on that day, the provision unit 11 sequentially (sequentially) reviews the plurality of review problems, starting with the problem that was studied the oldest among the plurality of review problems.
  • the device 10 can provide today's problem of the day only when the user has completed reviewing all review problems (review problems corresponding to at least one study completed in the past). This device 10 can enable the user to solve today's problem of the day only after solving all the review problems.
  • the provision unit 11 determines whether the user has completed reviewing the review problems (review problems corresponding to the study completion problems) provided according to the review cycle within the preset review period information (i.e., review completion of the review problems). When determining whether or not), as shown in Figure 3, only when the 'review process (step 1) and the correct answer confirmation process (step 2)' are performed by the user for the provided review problem, the provided review problem is It can be judged that the review has been completed.
  • the completion of review of review problems in this application means 'performing the review process (step 1) of providing a review problem and performing a solution to the review problem as shown in (a) of Figure 3, and then As in (b), this may mean a case where a total of two steps (steps 1 and 2) have been completed, including the correct answer confirmation process (step 2), which checks the correct answer to the review problem.
  • the review method can be comprised of a two-step process (reviewing process and correct answer confirmation process), and learning of today's problem can be done after reviewing the review problem. If there are multiple review problems, the device 10 sequentially reviews the review problems from the most recently completed review problem to the most recently completed review problem, and then allows the user to study today's problem. can be provided.
  • control unit (not shown) performs a review process ( If the user writes an incorrect answer in step 1), the correct answer confirmation process (step 2) is not immediately enabled, but rather, the incorrect answer is checked, similar to the incorrect answer processing process described in the problem-solving process of today's problem (step 1) described above. You can provide opportunities to re-solve the review problems you have written at least three times (i.e., opportunities to re-solve the review problems three or more times).
  • Figure 4 shows an example of a process in which today's problem of the 17th day (that day's problem of the day) is provided.
  • the review problems provided by the review control unit 12 on the 17th day include review problems of the Q2 problem that was studied on the 2nd day (i.e., Q2_(2nd day)_review), and Q2 problems that were studied on the 10th day.
  • the provision unit 11 first provides 4 review problems before providing today's problem of the 17th day (i.e., Q2_(day 17)) and then provides 4 review problems.
  • today's problem for the 17th day can be provided.
  • the provision unit 11 may provide the four review problems sequentially (one after the other) by prioritizing problems with older study completion dates.
  • the provision unit 11 can sequentially provide 'Q2 review problems on the 2nd day ⁇ Q2 review problems on the 10th day ⁇ Q2 review problems on the 14th day ⁇ Q2 review problems on the 16th day' and then provide today's problem on the 17th day. there is.
  • the review control unit 12 provides each of the four review problems sequentially, so that each review problem is selected through the 'review process (step 1). ) and the correct answer confirmation process (step 2), the review problem can be recognized as completed and the next review problem can be provided. If it is confirmed that all four review problems have been reviewed, the provision unit 11 can provide today's problem Q2 for the 17th day.
  • the review control unit 12 performs the above-described four-step process (i.e., a four-step process including a problem-solving process, a correct answer confirmation process, a review process, and a correct answer confirmation process) for today's problem Q2 on the 17th day.
  • today's problem Q2 on the 17th day can be recognized as a study completion problem and provided as a review problem according to the review cycle within the preset review period information.
  • the review problem that comes before today's problem can be as follows, for example, assuming that all problems have been studied without missing anything. First of all, since this is the 17th day problem, there are a total of 4 problems as mentioned above (i.e., the 2nd day (D-15), the 10th day (D-7), the 14th day (D-3), and the 16th day (D-1). There can be a total of 4) including the problem of ). Therefore, the user must solve and complete the review by solving all four review problems in order to receive today's problem (Q2 of the 17th day) and solve (learn) the problem.
  • the device 10 when there are a plurality of review problems to be reviewed today (the same day as one of the plurality of days), the device 10 allows the user to study the question that was learned the longest ago (i.e., the first question among the plurality of review problems).
  • a plurality of review problems can be provided sequentially in order of study completion date so that review can be performed sequentially (to perform problem solving for review problems), starting with review problems corresponding to completed learning problems.
  • the device 10 allows the user to learn today's problem (i.e., solve today's problem) only by solving all of the plurality of review problems (i.e., only by completing all of the plurality of review problems). so that) can be done.
  • the device 10 provides today's problem only when it is confirmed that all review problems have been completed by providing a plurality of review problems. can do.
  • This device 10 can maximize the learning effect by preventing the user from skipping review of problems that have been studied in the past (study completed problems).
  • the device 10 can allow the user to review the problem learned most recently and then solve the next review problem. All provided review problems must be solved to solve today's problem. It can be done to enable learning.
  • the 'feature of allowing today's problem to be learned only by solving all of the multiple review problems' can be referred to as the third feature of this app, as an example.
  • the device 10 when providing a problem, the device 10 can ensure that if a review problem exists before providing today's problem, all the review problems must be solved to provide today's problem. there is. In other words, the device 10 can ensure that the user cannot solve today's problem without solving (skipping) the review problem.
  • the review control unit 12 provides review problems corresponding to study completion problems in accordance with the review cycle within the preset review period information (i.e., repeatedly provides review questions corresponding to each of the plurality of review days within the preset review period information). ), If it is confirmed that the user has written an incorrect answer more than a preset number of times (for example, 3 times) to a review question provided on one of the plurality of review days within the preset review period information, enter the wrong answer more than the preset number of times. Review problems that are confirmed to have been completed can be recognized as uncompleted review problems.
  • the review control unit 12 increases the review cycle of the preset review period information assigned to the review problem corresponding to the uncompleted review problem by +1 day compared to the review cycle of the preset review period information. It can be changed to a modified review cycle. Accordingly, the review control unit 12 can repeatedly provide review problems corresponding to incomplete review problems according to the changed review cycle.
  • the device 10 allows the user to immediately check the correct answer when the user solves a specific problem (one of the problems of the day or a review problem) provided by the device 10 and writes an incorrect answer. Rather, it is possible to check the correct answer after providing the opportunity to replay at least three times. Therefore, in the above description, the preset number of times that serves as a standard for recognizing a review problem as an incomplete review problem can be set to 3 times (that is, 3 times, the same as the number of times replay opportunities are provided).
  • the feature of providing a review problem by applying a changed review cycle in which the review cycle of the review problem is increased by +1 day' can be referred to as the fourth feature of this app as an example.
  • the device 10 can increase learning effectiveness by preventing users (learners) from developing careless learning habits.
  • the review control unit 12 provides review problems according to the review cycle within the preset review period information (this is not a review problem provided in the three-step review process that goes through when solving today's problem, but rather a review problem provided in today's problem).
  • this is not a review problem provided in the three-step review process that goes through when solving today's problem, but rather a review problem provided in today's problem.
  • the answer is incorrect 3 times (meaning a review problem provided for reviewing the completed learning problem) (since confirmation of the correct answer is possible after 3 incorrect answers)
  • review the review problem for which the wrong answer was entered more than 3 times This can be considered as not completed (i.e., recognized as an incomplete review problem) and provided as a review problem again the next day, and subsequent reviews can also be provided with a delay of 1 day.
  • the learner does not type the correct answer as in the 9th feature of this app described later, but means the correct sentence.
  • Review can be done in a simple way (simple answer input method) by clicking on multiple buttons divided according to group (i.e., multiple split buttons (pb)).
  • the device 10 can shorten (shorten) the time required to solve review problems, and the probability of getting the correct answer by pressing a plurality of split buttons is lowered by directly typing the correct answer.
  • the preset review period information is 'D+1, D+3, D+7, D+15, D+30, D+60, D+120 from the learning completion date (learning date, learning completion date).
  • the review control unit 12 returns the study completed problems on March 1st to March 2nd (D+1).
  • March 4 (D+3), March 8 (D+7), March 16 (D+15), etc. can be provided as review questions.
  • the review control unit 12 may recognize the review question provided on March 2nd as a review completed question), and on March 4th. If the provided review question was incorrectly answered (i.e., incorrectly answered), the review control unit 12 may recognize the review question provided on March 4 as an incomplete review question in which the review has not been completed. In this way, if the review problem provided on March 4th is recognized as an uncompleted review problem, the review control unit 12 provides the review problem corresponding to the uncompleted review problem according to the preset review cycle, and then returns the original question on March 4th.
  • review problems must be provided on March 8, by applying a changed review cycle that increases the pre-set review cycle (i.e., the review cycle within the pre-set review period information) by +1, the review problems will be provided on March 4th and then March. Review questions can be provided on the 5th. If the review problem on March 5th is recognized as a review completed problem, the review control unit 12 may provide the review problem on March 9th, March 17th, etc.
  • the review cycle for the review problem is set to 'D+3 (March 4), D+7' as the default setting. (March 8th), D+15 (March 16th), D+30 (March 31st), D+60, etc.'
  • the review cycle is changed to increase by +1 day, so the review cycle for the review problem is 'D+4 ( It may be set as 'March 5th), D+8 (March 9th), D+16 (March 17th), D+31 (April 1st), D+61, etc.'
  • the review control unit 12 reviews the Q2 problem on day 1 for which the learning was completed within the preset review period information.
  • review problems can be provided on the 2nd, 4th, 8th, and 16th days.
  • the review question provided on the 8th day Q2_(Day 1)_Review
  • the review control unit 12 may apply a changed review cycle in which the review cycle of the review problem corresponding to the incomplete review problem (i.e., the review problem of the Q2 problem on Day 1) is increased by +1. Accordingly, after the review problem provided on the 8th day is recognized as an incomplete review problem, the review control unit 12 may provide the next review problem provided on the 8th day, not on the 16th day, but on the 9th and 17th days, etc. In other words, according to the original review cycle, the review problem of the Q2 problem of the first day should be provided on the 16th day after the 8th day, but as the review problem of the 8th day is recognized as an incomplete review problem, the review control unit 12 provides the review problem provided on the 8th day.
  • the review cycle of the review problem corresponding to the incomplete review problem i.e., the review problem of the Q2 problem on Day 1
  • the review control unit 12 may provide the next review problem provided on the 8th day, not on the 16th day, but on the 9th and 17th days, etc.
  • the device 10 can prevent careless study habits and enable effective learning.
  • the device 10 does not simply allow the user to study today's problems anew every day, but allows the user to first review previously studied problems (study problems) before learning new today's problems.
  • This device 10 provides the ability to solve a new problem of the day only when all of these review problems have been reviewed (that is, if at least one review problem out of a plurality of review problems has not been reviewed, a new problem of the day can be solved).
  • language learning is conducted in a structure that prevents review of problems completed in the past from being skipped, thereby maximizing the acquisition effect of language learning.
  • the review control unit 12 provides a review problem and then allows the user to solve the review problem
  • the user does not directly type in the correct answer to the provided review problem, but instead inputs the correct answer to the provided review problem, for example (a) in FIG. 3 ), a selection input for selecting (clicking) a plurality of division buttons (pb) already created by dividing the correct answer sentence (i.e., the correct sentence) for the provided review problem into a plurality of areas according to the semantic group as shown in It can be provided so that the correct answer can be input through.
  • a selection input for selecting (clicking) a plurality of division buttons (pb) already created by dividing the correct answer sentence (i.e., the correct sentence) for the provided review problem into a plurality of areas according to the semantic group as shown in It can be provided so that the correct answer can be input through.
  • the review problem provided so that the correct answer can be input by selecting input to a plurality of division buttons (pb) may mean a review problem corresponding to a study completion problem, as shown in (a) of FIG. 3, for example. It is not limited to this, and may refer to problems (review problems) provided in the review process corresponding to step 3 when learning today's problem, as shown in (c) of Figure 2.
  • the review control unit 12 provides a review problem that allows the user to review, for example, as shown in (a) of FIG. 3, the review control unit 12 provides problem statement information (t) of the problem to be reviewed, and the user You can provide a review problem that includes an answer input box where you can enter the correct answer corresponding to the problem statement (t).
  • the correct answer input field is provided in the form of a plurality of split buttons (pb) created by dividing the correct answer sentence into a plurality of areas according to the semantic group in relation to the correct answer sentence (correct answer sentence) for the problem statement information (t). It can be.
  • the user can solve the review problem (enter the correct answer) by selecting the plurality of split buttons (pb) in order according to the sentence of the correct answer they think.
  • the user can enter information about the sentence he or she believes to be the correct answer by sequentially clicking on the plurality of split buttons (pb) according to the sentence he or she considers to be the correct answer.
  • 10 division buttons are provided as a plurality of division buttons (pb).
  • the semantic group that serves as the basis for dividing the plurality of split buttons (pb) refers to a group with meaning, and may mean a group consisting of a collection of at least one word.
  • the plurality of split buttons (pb) include 'I' as the first split button, 'If' as the second split button, 'a lot of' as the third split button, and 'would have saved' as the fourth split button. etc. may be included.
  • the review control unit 12 provides review problems in which the correct answer can be entered by selecting a plurality of split buttons (pb), so that when solving the review problem, the user (learner) directly types and inputs the correct answers one by one. Instead, you can enter the correct answer by simply clicking on several buttons that divide the correct sentence according to its meaning group.
  • This device 10 provides review problems that allow correct answers to be entered through a plurality of split buttons (pb), thereby enabling reviewers to review more quickly by shortening the time required to solve review problems (i.e. The review time for review problems can be shortened), and the probability of getting the correct answer to a review problem when solving a review problem can be made much higher compared to entering the correct answer by typing directly.
  • This 'feature that allows you to easily input the correct answer to a review problem by sequentially clicking on a plurality of split buttons (pb)' can be referred to as the ninth feature of this app, as an example.
  • This device 10 can preferably enable language learning centered on sentence learning.
  • the device 10 may be a language learning device (a language learning device for sentence learning) in relation to language learning, especially for sentence learning.
  • the device 10 may be capable of learning words as needed in addition to sentence learning.
  • the review control unit 12 is configured to enable re-study and review in the case of a learned problem that has been confirmed to have been completed by the user among the plurality of problems in the problem of the day provided by the providing unit 11.
  • Information on the set review period can be provided, and review problems corresponding to study completion problems can be provided repeatedly according to the review cycle within the preset review period information.
  • the review control unit 12 can control the user (learner) to change or selectively select the setting value of the preset review period information at his or her own discretion.
  • the setting value of the multiple period information may include a plurality of review days (review dates), number of review times (i.e., number of review days), and review cycle (interval information between review days).
  • the review control unit 12 provides the user with the ability to set and change the preset multiple-period information setting values assigned to each problem according to the user's own judgment, according to the importance, difficulty, level of mastery, etc. of each problem considered by the user. can do.
  • the subject for which the user can change the setting value of the pre-set review period information is a 'study completion problem (i.e., a study completion problem recognized as having completed learning of today's problem provided for the first time)'. It is not limited to this, and the user may change the setting value of the preset review period information for each of today's problems and/or review problems regardless of whether or not 'study has been completed'.
  • the setting value of the review period information is changed, it may not be reflected.
  • a review period can be set before learning is completed, but if learning is not completed for a specific problem, the review period set for that specific problem may become meaningless.
  • the review control unit 12 determines the 'importance, difficulty, and degree of mastery' for each problem given by the user, and when the user first studies each problem (i.e., on the day the problem is first received) (i.e., the day on which today's problem is provided) or in the middle of the review period (i.e., during the period when review problems for study-completed problems are provided), information on the review period assigned to the problem (this is information linked to the number of times of review) You can control to select/change the setting value.
  • the review control unit 12 provides a review problem (review corresponding to a study completion problem) for each of today's problems provided and/or by the review control unit 12.
  • a review problem is provided, the user sets the value of the preset review period information for each problem (i.e., each problem of the day and/or review problem) to the value desired by the user at his/her own discretion.
  • a review period setting function that can be changed or selected can be provided.
  • the 'feature that allows the user to change the setting value of the review period information for each problem (i.e., for each problem such as a completed study problem or a review problem) based on his or her own judgment of importance, difficulty, and level of mastery' is As an example, this may be referred to as the sixth feature of this app.
  • the learner can freely select and change the setting value of the review period accordingly. You can.
  • the learner when learning a problem for the first time (i.e., when receiving a new problem for the first time as today's problem), it may be set to the default setting, but even in this case, the review period can be changed to the user's preference. Additionally, the user may change the review period to the desired review period even in the middle of the review period.
  • the review control unit 12 may give, for example, a setting value of review period information as a default setting value for each of today's problems.
  • the default setting value is, as an example, the setting value of the previously set review period information (i.e., 'D+1, D+3, D+7, D+15, D+30, D+60, D+120, It may mean D+210, D+365, D+600, D+1000').
  • the review control unit 12 displays the button shown in the right picture of FIG. 6 on the display unit.
  • the review period setting screen can be displayed so that the user can change the setting value of the review period information given to the study completed problem (that is, changeable at the first study of the problem).
  • the review control unit 12 when the review control unit 12 provides review problems corresponding to study completion problems according to the review cycle in the information of the preset review period, the review control unit 12 includes a review period setting button as shown in the middle figure of FIG. 6.
  • the setting value of the review period information preset in the review problem can be changed (that is, changed in the middle of the review period).
  • the control unit (not shown) is provided so that problems that must be solved on the same day are displayed on the display unit (not shown) when the user's access is detected. 11) and the operation of the review control unit 12 can be controlled.
  • the problem to be solved on the same day may mean 'today's problem' provided by the provider 11 when at least one review problem does not exist on the day (today) when the user's connection is detected, and the user's If there is at least one review problem on the day the connection is detected (today), it may mean a 'review problem (particularly, a review problem that was completed the longest ago)' provided by the review control unit 12.
  • the device 10 can display review problems immediately when the user accesses the app (if there are no review problems to be reviewed that day, today's problems can be displayed immediately), The user must solve all of the provided review problems to be able to solve today's problem.
  • control unit when the control unit (not shown) detects that the user has accessed the app, it does not cause a separate home screen to be displayed on the screen of the display unit (not shown) when the user's connection is detected, but rather a problem that must be solved on the same day. It can be controlled to be displayed directly on the screen of the display unit.
  • the 'feature that allows problems to be solved to be displayed on the screen immediately when accessing the app' can be referred to as the 7th feature of this app, as an example.
  • this device 10 provides a mandatory language learning approach by this app, thereby preventing learning omissions (i.e., solving problems provided by this device without omission). (so that all can be solved) can be provided.
  • most of the conventionally known learning-related apps display categories (icons) with the main functions of the app on the first screen (home screen). Accordingly, when the user selects a specific category among a plurality of categories, the selection In response, the function of a specific category selected by the user is provided to be performed.
  • a plurality of categories are provided, such as 'Solving Today's Problem', 'Solving Review Problem', etc.
  • the user selects and learns only the 'Solve Today's Problem' category that provides new problems every day, the user will be able to learn only new problems every day.
  • the user does not select the 'Solve review problems' category, the user will not be able to review the review problems at all. In this way, it can be said that the learning effect of conventional learning-related apps whose home screens are provided in a category format is insufficient compared to the present device 10.
  • This device (10) does not enable learning by going to the home screen and clicking on a specific category like a conventional learning-related app, but when the user accesses the app, the problem must be solved as soon as app access is detected without the user's choice. You can control it to be displayed right on the first screen, which reduces time wastage due to unnecessary processes and allows you to focus solely on learning the problem, thereby ensuring effective learning.
  • the review control unit 12 is configured to enable re-study and review in the case of a learned problem that has been confirmed to have been completed by the user among a plurality of problems in the problem of the day provided by the providing unit 11.
  • Information on the set review period can be provided, and review problems corresponding to study completion problems can be provided according to the review cycle within the preset review period information (default setting value).
  • Review period information may refer to information on the review cycle (information on the review cycle including review date and review number) in which review problems corresponding to study completion problems are repeatedly provided.
  • the review cycle in which the review problems are provided i.e., the review cycle within the preset review period information set in the review problems
  • the review cycle is determined by the user's correct answer to the provided review problems whenever the review problems are provided according to the review cycle. It can be adjusted (converted) differently depending on whether the solution to the review problem is correct or not (whether the answer is correct or not).
  • the first problem of today's problem (the first problem, Q1) is provided at 8 o'clock on May 1st, and as the Q1 problem is confirmed as a study completion problem, review problems corresponding to the Q1 problem dated May 1st are provided.
  • the information is provided according to the review period of the preset review period information (default setting value) for review.
  • the review period information set as the default setting i.e., 'D+1, D+3, D+7, D+15, D+30, D+60, D+120, D+210, D
  • the review cycle (information on the preset review period set such as '+365, D+600, D+1000') will be referred to as the basic review cycle.
  • the review problem corresponding to the Q1 problem dated May 1 is the first review problem provided for the first review (i.e., the (n)th review problem, where n is a natural number and n can be 1). It can be provided at 8 o'clock on May 2nd (D+1).
  • the review questions corresponding to the May 1st Q1 question will be provided for the second review.
  • the review cycle (i.e., D+1) preset for the first review question (i.e., (n)th review question) can be said to be 1 day, and this reflects the correct answer to the review question and determines the review cycle. It is a reference point that serves as a starting point for adjustment, and may be referred to differently as a standard review cycle (standard cycle), etc. That is, the review cycle (i.e., D+1) preset for the first review problem (i.e., (n)th review problem) is 1 day, and can be expressed as a reference point or a standard review cycle (reference cycle).
  • the review control unit 12 provides review problems (for example, review problems corresponding to the Q1 problem dated May 1) according to the review cycle (basic review cycle) of the preset review period information, the review problem is provided. Shimada, depending on whether the user answers the current review question correctly, the provision cycle of the next review question provided after the current review question (i.e., the review cycle set for the next review question) is automatically customized and converted. (i.e., by dynamically and automatically converting), the next review problem can be provided according to the converted review cycle.
  • review problems for example, review problems corresponding to the Q1 problem dated May 1
  • the review cycle basic review cycle
  • this review problem is the (n)th review problem provided and can be referred to as the (n)th review problem
  • the next review problem is the (n+1)th review problem provided and can be referred to as the (n+1)th review problem. It can be.
  • n may be a natural number and may be applied as any one value of 1 or more.
  • the review cycle of the next review question provided is automatically customized and converted based on a predetermined calculation method.
  • ‘Feature (i.e., review cycle automatic conversion feature)’ may be referred to as the eighth feature of this app as an example. This setting/conversion of the review cycle of review problems can be applied individually to each problem provided by the device 10 (each completed study problem, each review problem).
  • the review control unit 12 determines that the user has answered the correct answer to the current review question (i.e., the (n)th review question)
  • the review control unit 12 operates the review cycle preset for the current review question before answering the correct answer (this is the previous review cycle).
  • the period variation difference value can be calculated by multiplying the value of (may be indicated) by the multiplier applied for the preset correct answer.
  • the review control unit 12 determines the review cycle set for the next review problem provided after the current review problem (i.e., the (n+1)th review problem), the calculated period change difference value, and the review cycle of the current review problem.
  • the cycle date i.e., the review date on which this review problem was provided
  • it is converted into a review cycle corresponding to the calculated total value, and the next review problem (i.e., (n+1)th review problem) is adjusted according to the converted review cycle. ) can be provided.
  • the 'applied multiplier for correct answer' which is applied to change the review cycle for the next review problem every time you answer the current review problem correctly, is any of the values between 2 and 4 to set a more effective review cycle. It can be set to a value of . That is, the minimum value of the applied multiplier for a preset correct answer may be set to 2, and the maximum value may be set to 4.
  • the preset multiplier applied to the correct answer to this review problem is any one value selected by the user among the values 2 to 4 (user selection value). This can be applied.
  • the review cycle (previous review cycle) preset for the current review question before the correct answer is incorrect. ) can be calculated by multiplying the value of the standard review period (i.e., 1 day) by the value of the period variation difference. Afterwards, the review control unit 12 determines the review cycle set for the next review problem provided after the current review problem (i.e., the (n+1)th review problem), the calculated period change difference value, and the review cycle of the current review problem.
  • the cycle date i.e., the review date on which this review problem was provided
  • it is converted into a review cycle corresponding to the calculated total value, and the next review problem (i.e., (n+1)th review problem) is adjusted according to the converted review cycle. ) can be provided.
  • the review control unit 12 automatically changes (adjusts) the review cycle of the review question each time a review question is provided, taking into account the user's correct answer to the provided review question. i) If the correct answer to the current review question is answered, the next review question
  • the review cycle for the next review problem provided is applied as a review cycle with a longer interval compared to the previous review cycle (i.e., the review cycle applied in this review problem) (i.e., by applying the preset multiplier for correct answers) Accordingly, a review cycle increased by the applied multiple of the pre-set correct answer is applied), while ii) if the correct answer to the current review question is incorrect, the review cycle for the next review question provided next time is applied so that the review cycle remains the same as the previous review cycle. (That is, as the standard review cycle (i.e., 1 day) is applied, a review cycle that maintains the previous review cycle can be applied.)
  • a more detailed description of the eighth feature of this app is as follows.
  • the review control unit 12 controls the review cycle so that when the user answers the review question correctly, the subsequent review cycle increases compared to the current review cycle (for example, by applying a multiple of 2, 3, or 4, the review cycle is increased. ), and if the user gets a review question wrong, it can be controlled to maintain this review cycle by applying the standard review cycle (1 day, 1 multiple).
  • the review cycle for the review problem in the device 10 is determined as the user repeatedly performs the problem solving of the review problem (i.e., as the user repeats the review of the review problem), the Braille period changes over time. It can be controlled so that it is automatically converted (adjusted) in the direction of increasing.
  • the value of the previous review cycle is multiplied by the value of the standard review cycle (i.e., 1 day), so the previous review cycle (this is during the review of the repeatedly performed review problem) It may refer to the review cycle at the time of the most recent review, that is, when reviewing review problems for study completion problems multiple times, it may refer to the longest review cycle (the most recent review cycle) among those reviewed for the next time. You can provide problems (providing the next review problem that follows the review problem that was incorrect).
  • This device 10 provides the next review problem once again by applying the same review cycle as the previous review cycle when the user makes a review problem incorrectly, so that the user can use the review problem even at a time interval equal to the review cycle (i.e., the previous review cycle).
  • the review cycle can be automatically converted by confirming that the memory is maintained and then proceeding to the next review cycle (i.e., a longer review cycle with wider intervals than the previous review cycle).
  • the review control unit 12 applies the value of the standard review cycle (i.e., 1 day) every time the user makes a review problem incorrectly, no matter how many times the user makes a review problem incorrectly, so that the review cycle that is converted (adjusted) is the previous review cycle. (That is, it can be maintained at the previous review cycle, which is the longest review cycle up to that time when the review was repeated multiple times in the past). In other words, the review control unit 12 can control it so that the next review cycle is not changed to be shorter than the current review cycle, no matter how many times the user gets the review questions wrong (that is, the review cycle itself is short). You may not lose).
  • the standard review cycle i.e., 1 day
  • the immediately preceding review cycle may ultimately refer to a cycle in which it has been tested (verified) that the learner can 'maintain memory up to this level of the review cycle.
  • the review control unit 12 tests this review cycle when the question is wrong again (i.e., repeats the review cycle when the user gets it wrong) After solving the review problem), if you answer correctly when solving the review problem with the same review cycle applied again, you can apply a longer review cycle later.
  • the review control unit 12 can change the rate of increase in the review cycle to gradually increase when the user successively answers the repeatedly provided review questions (i.e., gradually increases the review cycle, such as 1 time ⁇ 2 times ⁇ 3 times, etc.). (However, at most 4 times can be applied), according to the eighth feature of this app, the device 10 can achieve the highest learning efficiency with minimal review.
  • automatic adjustment (conversion) to the review cycle can be applied individually to each of the problems provided by the device 10 (each of the learned problems, each of the review problems).
  • the number of reviews by the device 10 can be infinite, and for example, restrictions such as 'no more reviews after D+1000 days or D+3000 days' may not be applied.
  • the device 10 can provide infinite review of completed problems as long as the user uses the app. Specific examples are as follows:
  • the total value is calculated as 3 days by adding the review cycle that was preset to this review question before answering the correct answer (i.e., 1 day, the previous review cycle) to the 2-day period difference value, so the next review date This could be D+3 days.
  • the next review can be done at D+2 (that is, the next review problem can be provided at D+2).
  • the next review date can be D+9.
  • the review questions provided on D+3 day correctly the review questions provided after D+3 days can be provided on D+9 days.
  • x3 multiplier applied when correct answer
  • the total value is calculated as 9 days by adding the value of the review cycle date of this review problem (i.e., D+3, so 3 days) to the cycle change difference value (6 days), so the next review date is D. It can be adjusted (converted) to +9 days.
  • the next review can be done at D+5 (that is, the next review problem can be provided at D+5).
  • the review control unit 12 recognizes the next review date as D+69 because if the user answers the review question provided at D+45, x2 is applied to the previous review cycle and 12 days Review problems can be provided.
  • the review control unit 12 increases the review cycle if the review problem is correct, and conversely, if the review problem is incorrect, it maintains the previous review cycle as is (i.e., x1 is applied when the review problem is incorrect) , x1 ultimately only maintains the previous review cycle and does not make the review cycle shorter).
  • Review can be provided according to the learner's current level of memory. In other words, when the review control unit 12 repeatedly provides review problems for study-completed problems, if the user matches the review problem (current review problem) provided this time, the review cycle (i.e., the period from this review problem to the next review problem) ) increases so that the next review problem is provided after a longer period of time than the previous review cycle.
  • the previous review cycle is maintained (i.e., the review problem applied to the review problem provided this time) is increased.
  • the cycle can be applied and maintained as is and the next review can be done, and review problems can be provided so that the learner can re-review according to the extent of the period (memory level) that the learner can currently remember.
  • a preset multiplier applied for the correct answer for example, a multiplier corresponding to any one of the values between 2 and 4, In other words, as a multiple of 2, 3, or 4) is applied, the subsequent review cycle (review cycle for the next review problem) can be increased according to the applied multiple.
  • the value of the standard review cycle i.e., 1 day
  • the subsequent review cycle increases by 2 times, 3 times, 4 times, etc., while when you answer a review question incorrectly, the subsequent review cycle is the previous review cycle x1 (multiple of 1). As this is applied, the previous review cycle may be maintained (i.e., the applied multiple may return to a multiple of 1).
  • the multiplier applied each time the user answers the review problem correctly continues to be '2 multiple, 3'.
  • the maximum applied multiple (Maximum multiple) of the multiplier applied when answering a preset correct answer can be fixed. That is, the review control unit 12 may set the maximum application multiple (Max multiple) of the preset correct answer application multiple to a value of any one of 2 multiples, 3 multiples, and 4 multiples.
  • the review control unit 12 determines that if a multiple greater than 4 (multiple of 5, multiple of 6, etc.) is applied as the applied multiple for the preset correct answer, the review effect for the review problem will be reduced (i.e., the review (Considering that the structure makes it difficult to effectively review the problem), the maximum applied multiple (Max multiple) of the preset applied multiple for correct answer can be set to one of 2 multiples, 3 multiples, and 4 multiples. In this application, it may be preferable that a multiple of 2 is applied as the maximum application multiple, but it is not limited to this, and the user selects any one of 2, 3, and 4 so that it is fixedly applied, or the user Any one of the values selected by 2, 3, or 4 can be applied. At this time, the structure in which x1 is applied when a review problem is incorrect can remain the same.
  • the eighth feature of this app may refer to the function of the review control unit 12 to automatically change the review cycle of future review problems depending on whether the review problem was correct or incorrect for each problem. At this time, if the review question is correct, the review cycle can be increased, and if it is incorrect, the review cycle can be controlled to be maintained (same as the previous review cycle).
  • the review cycle can be maintained at the previous review cycle by applying 'previous review cycle x 1'. In other words, even if the previous applied multiplier was 2, 3 or 4, if you get a review problem wrong, a multiplier reduced to x1 can be applied.
  • the review control unit 12 can allow review of review questions to proceed infinitely. In other words, the review control unit 12 can control the review to proceed infinitely when repeatedly providing study completed problems as review problems for review. According to this, in the present device 10, for example, restrictions such as 'no more review after D+1000 days or D+3000 days' may not be applied.
  • An example of the 8th feature of this app is as follows.
  • the review cycle of the review problem provided repeatedly is as an example, according to the review problem and the error, 'previous review cycle x (1 ⁇ 2 ⁇ 2 ⁇ 2 ⁇ 1 ⁇ 2 ⁇ 1 ⁇ 2 ⁇ 2 ⁇ 2 ⁇ 1 ⁇ ...)'.
  • the review cycle of review problems for study completion problems is "D+1 ⁇ D+3 (1 day x 2) ⁇ D+7 (2 days x 2) ⁇ D+15 (4 days x 2) ⁇ D +23 (8 days x 1) ⁇ D+39 (8 days x 2) ⁇ D+55 (16 days x 1) ⁇ D+87 (16 x 2) ⁇ D+151 (32 x 2) ⁇ D+279 (64 days x 2) ⁇ D It can be equal to +407 (128 days x 1) ⁇ ... ".
  • the exemplary review cycle of review problems for study completion problems is "D+1 ⁇ D+3 (1 day x2) ⁇ D+9 (2 days x3) ⁇ D+27 (6 days x3) ⁇ D +45 (18 days x1) ⁇ D+81 (18 days x2) ⁇ D+189 (36 days x3) ⁇ D+297 (108 days x1) ⁇ D+513 (108 days x2) ⁇ D+729 (216 days) x1) ⁇ D+1161 (216 days x2) ⁇ D+2457 (432 days x3) ⁇ ...”
  • the review cycle of review problems for study completion problems is "D+1 ⁇ D+3 (1 day x 2) ⁇ D+5 (2 days x 1) ⁇ D+9 (2 days x 2) ⁇ D +21 (4 days x 3) ⁇ D+69 (12 days x 4) ⁇ D+261 (48 days x 4) ⁇ D+453 (192 days x 1) ⁇ D+837 (192 days x 2) ⁇ D+1221 (384 days) x1) ⁇ D+1989 (384 days x 2) ⁇ D+4293 (768 days x 3) ⁇ ---
  • the review control unit 12 when providing review problems (review problems corresponding to study completion problems) repeatedly, the review control unit 12 provides the current review problem provided this time, so that the current review problem is only a few days longer than the previous review problem provided before this time.
  • Information (primary information) indicating whether it is a review question provided in can be provided along with this review question.
  • the 'feature of providing review problems containing primary information' may be referred to as the 10th feature of this app, as an example.
  • the review control unit 12 may include primary information when providing a review problem and provide a review problem including the primary information.
  • Primary information may refer to information on the number of days that is the difference between the dates on which each of the previous review problems and this review problem were provided. As an example, let's say the previous review problem was provided at D+15, and the next review problem was provided at D+31. At this time, if the review problem provided in D+31 is referred to as this review problem, the primary information of this review problem may be the same as the 'Day 16' information. In other words, since the difference in days between D+15 and D+31 is 16 days, the primary information may be the same as ‘Day 16’ or ‘Day 16 Challenge’. Accordingly, the review control unit 12 may provide a review problem including primary information 'day 16' when providing the corresponding review problem to D+31.
  • the Max multiplier i.e., the maximum application multiplier of the preset correct answer application multiple
  • the maximum application multiplier may be applied as one of 2, 3, and 4, Most preferably, it may be more desirable to apply 2
  • the review problems are correct and incorrect as shown in Figure 8.
  • the user is reviewing a specific study completion problem, each time a review problem is provided, repeated review is performed depending on whether the user answers correctly or incorrectly, as shown in FIG. 8.
  • the review control unit 12 determines whether each provided review problem is a problem provided again in a few days from a previously provided review problem (i.e., for each review problem, how many days does the review problem last? Review questions can be provided by displaying primary information about whether the questions will be provided again later (the 10th feature of this app).
  • the review control unit 12 provides the first review problem when providing a review problem at D+31.
  • Review problems can be provided by displaying information such as “Day 16” or “Day 16 Challenge” in the first area of the review problem.
  • the device 10 provides primary information to the user (learner) about how soon the current review problem will be. It can be displayed. Accordingly, the device 10 can enable the user to check (recognize) whether the user (learner) answered the question correctly several days ago when he or she answers the review question correctly, and feels a sense of accomplishment accordingly. You can have it.
  • This device 10 provides a review problem containing primary information, so that the user (learner) who solves the review problem can develop a sense of challenge to solve the given review problem by using the primary information, and if the user actually If you get the correct answer to a given review question, it can give you a great sense of accomplishment.
  • primary information e.g. information such as 'This review problem is the 1000th day challenge problem'
  • This device 10 provides a review problem containing primary information, so that the user (learner) who solves the review problem can develop a sense of challenge to solve the given review problem by using the primary information, and if the user actually If you get the correct answer to a given review question, it can give you a great sense of accomplishment.
  • This device 10 maximizes the learning effect for languages of various countries (i.e., Korean, foreign languages (e.g., English, Japanese, etc.)) by providing a language learning method having the first to tenth features described above. You can do it.
  • the present device 10 can maximize the effect of language learning for sentences by providing a learning technology focusing on sentences longer than words, rather than simple word learning.
  • the fourth feature, the sixth feature, and the eighth feature may not be used simultaneously. That is, in the case of the fourth feature, the sixth feature, and the eighth feature, in the present device 10, only one of these features can be selectively applied and used, and the selection of the feature to be applied is, for example, performed using the present device 10. Choices/decisions can be made by the user (learner).
  • This device (10) most naturally induces regular and steady learning and repetition, which are the most important elements in language learning, and in the case of repeated learning (i.e., in the case of repeated review of learned problems), it provides the largest amount of memory compared to the minimum input. We can provide effective language learning/review in a way that is effective.
  • FIG. 2 The method in which the 3 problems (i.e., today's problem) provided every day in this device 10 are learned is as shown in FIG. 2: “Problem solving process (step 1) to solve today's problem ⁇ correct answer confirmation process (2 Learning can be accomplished through “step) ⁇ review process (step 3) ⁇ confirmation process (step 4).”
  • the manner in which a particular problem is reviewed in the device 10 may be as follows.
  • review of a specific problem i.e., provision of review problems
  • Review can be done on dates corresponding to D+210, D+365, D+600, and D+1000.
  • the review date and number of times may be changeable by the user.
  • Q1 problems on a certain day may be reviewed before Q1 problems on the day on which they are reviewed, and similarly, Q2 on a certain day may be reviewed before Q2 on the day on which they are reviewed.
  • problems that have not been learned by the device 10 i.e., unfinished problems that have not been studied
  • problems that have not been learned by the device 10 i.e., unfinished problems that have not been studied
  • the review questions for the completed questions are before Q1 on the 4th day, before Q1 on the 6th day, before Q1 on the 10th day, before Q1 on the 18th day, and before Q1 on the 33rd day.
  • the review problem that appears before Q2 (problem of the day) on the 17th day is the Q2 review problem (D-15) on the 2nd day, as shown in Figure 4b, under the assumption that all problems have been studied without omission. It can be the same as ‘10th day Q2 review question (D-7) ⁇ 14th day Q2 review question (D-3) ⁇ 16th day Q2 review question (D-1)’, and all 4 review questions must be completed for review on day 17. Q2, Problem of the Day, may be provided.
  • Figure 9 is an operation flowchart of a language learning method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the language learning method shown in FIG. 9 can be performed by the device 10 described above. Therefore, even if the content is omitted below, the content described with respect to the device 10 can be equally applied to the description of the language learning method.
  • the providing unit may provide today's problem for language learning.
  • the problem of the day includes a plurality of problems provided multiple times at a preset time, and the provider provides the problem of the day every day, but may provide a new problem of the day every day.
  • step S11 when providing today's problem, if there is a review problem provided by the same-day review control unit, the provision unit may provide today's problem after providing the review problem provided on that day.
  • step S12 the review control unit may consider whether the user has completed learning of today's problem provided in step S11 and provide a review problem for reviewing the problem that has been studied.
  • the review control unit may delete an unfinished problem for which learning has not been confirmed by the user among a plurality of problems in today's problem so that re-learning and review are not possible.
  • step S12 in the case of a study completion problem for which learning has been confirmed by the user among a plurality of problems in today's problem, the review control unit provides preset review period information to enable review, and responds to the study completion problem. Review questions can be provided according to the review cycle within the preset review period information.
  • the review cycle may be information about the cycle between a plurality of review days set for a plurality of review days. Additionally, the review cycle may be adjusted differently each time a review question is provided, depending on whether the user answers the provided review question correctly.
  • steps S11 and S12 may be further divided into additional steps or combined into fewer steps, depending on the implementation of the present disclosure. Additionally, some steps may be omitted or the order between steps may be changed as needed.
  • the language learning method may be implemented in the form of program instructions that can be executed through various computer means and recorded on a computer-readable medium.
  • the computer-readable medium may include program instructions, data files, data structures, etc., singly or in combination.
  • Program instructions recorded on the medium may be specially designed and constructed for the present invention or may be known and usable by those skilled in the art of computer software.
  • Examples of computer-readable recording media include magnetic media such as hard disks, floppy disks, and magnetic tapes, optical media such as CD-ROMs and DVDs, and magnetic media such as floptical disks.
  • program instructions include machine language code, such as that produced by a compiler, as well as high-level language code that can be executed by a computer using an interpreter, etc.
  • the hardware devices described above may be configured to operate as one or more software modules to perform the operations of the present invention, and vice versa.
  • the above-described language learning method may also be implemented in the form of a computer program or application stored on a recording medium and executed by a computer.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Educational Administration (AREA)
  • Educational Technology (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Entrepreneurship & Innovation (AREA)
  • Electrically Operated Instructional Devices (AREA)

Abstract

The present application relates to a language learning apparatus and the language learning apparatus may comprise: a providing unit for providing today's questions for language learning; and a review control unit that provides review questions for reviewing learning-completed questions that have been learned, considering whether a user has completed learning the today's questions. The present application enables regular and steady learning considering a tendency of a person to forget a memory as time elapses and enables repeated learning (reviewing) when the memory becomes vague, thereby enabling effective language learning.

Description

언어 학습 장치 및 방법Language learning devices and methods
본원은 한국어, 외국어(일예로, 영어, 일어, 프랑스어 등)를 포함한 언어의 효과적인 학습을 가능하게 하는 언어 학습 장치 및 방법에 관한 것이다.This application relates to language learning devices and methods that enable effective learning of languages, including Korean and foreign languages (eg, English, Japanese, French, etc.).
언어(language)는 인간의 일반적인 의사소통의 수단으로써, 사람이 살아가는 데에 있어서 매우 중요한 요소라 할 수 있다. 최근들어, 글로벌시대에 접어들면서 영어를 비롯해 다양한 나라의 언어학습에 관해 중요성이 강조되고 있으며, 이러한 시대적 흐름에 맞추어 다양한 나라의 언어를 용이하게 배우고자 하는 노력이 시도되고 있다.Language is a means of general human communication and can be said to be a very important element in people's lives. Recently, as we enter the global era, the importance of learning languages from various countries, including English, has been emphasized, and efforts are being made to easily learn the languages of various countries in line with the trend of the times.
일반적으로 사람들은 한국어, 외국어(일예로 영어, 일본어 등) 등의 언어를 학습할 때 주로 단어암기 위주로 학습을 하는 경향이 있다. 그러나, 단순히 단어를 암기하는 학습 방식은 주어진 문장, 문제 등을 해석하고 이해하는 능력 내지 문장 등을 작문하는 능력 등을 향상시키는 데에 한계가 있다.In general, when learning languages such as Korean or foreign languages (e.g. English, Japanese, etc.), people tend to focus on memorizing words. However, the learning method of simply memorizing words has limitations in improving the ability to interpret and understand given sentences, problems, etc. or the ability to write sentences.
또한, 외국어를 학습하는 학생들은 대개 단어장을 구입하고 매일 몇 개씩 암기하기로 스스로 계획을 세우지만, 전날 암기한 단어를 복습하는 과정을 생략한 채 매일 새로운 단어만을 암기하려는 경향이 있다. 그런데, 사람의 기억의 경우 시간이 경과할수록 그 기억이 망각되는 경향이 있기 때문에, 이와 같은 학습 방식(즉, 전날 암기한 단어에 대한 복습 과정을 생략한 채로 매일 매일 새로운 단어를 암기하는 방식)은, 전에 암기했던 단어를 시간이 지나 다시 보았을 때 해당 단어가 낯설고 새로운 단어로 다가와 다시 암기해야 하는 문제가 있다.Additionally, students learning a foreign language usually purchase a vocabulary book and plan to memorize a few words each day, but they tend to memorize only new words each day, skipping the process of reviewing the words they memorized the previous day. However, in the case of human memory, the memory tends to be forgotten as time passes, so this learning method (i.e., memorizing new words every day without reviewing the words memorized the previous day) , there is a problem that when you look at a previously memorized word again after some time, the word comes across as an unfamiliar and new word and you have to memorize it again.
따라서, 보다 효과적인 언어학습을 위해서는, 규칙적으로 꾸준히 학습 가능하도록 하되 이를 기억이 흐려질때 쯤 반복 학습(복습) 가능하도록 하는 기술의 개발이 요구되나, 현재까지는 이러한 요구를 충족시킬 만한 마땅한 기술이 없는 실정이다.Therefore, for more effective language learning, it is necessary to develop technology that allows learning on a regular and consistent basis and allows repeated learning (review) when memory fades. However, there is currently no appropriate technology to meet this need. am.
본원의 배경이 되는 기술은 한국공개특허공보 제10-2022-0047485호에 개시되어 있다.The technology behind this application is disclosed in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2022-0047485.
본원은 전술한 종래 기술의 문제점을 해결하기 위한 것으로서, 효과적인 언어학습이 가능하도록, 사람의 기억의 경우 시간이 경과할수록 그 기억이 망각되는 경향을 고려하여 규칙적으로 꾸준히 학습 가능하도록 하되 이를 기억이 흐려질때 쯤 반복 학습(복습) 가능하도록 하는 언어 학습 장치 및 방법을 제공하려는 것을 목적으로 한다.The purpose of this application is to solve the problems of the prior art described above, and to enable effective language learning, taking into account the tendency of human memory to be forgotten as time passes, it is possible to learn regularly and steadily, but to prevent memory from fading. The purpose is to provide language learning devices and methods that enable repeated learning (review) over time.
본원은 전술한 종래 기술의 문제점을 해결하기 위한 것으로서, 단어 학습 뿐만 아니라 특히나 문장 학습이 가능하도록 함에 따라 주어진 문장, 문제 등을 해석하고 이해하는 능력 내지 문장 등을 작문하는 능력 등을 크게 향상시킬 수 있는 언어 학습 장치 및 방법을 제공하려는 것을 목적으로 한다.This application is intended to solve the problems of the prior art described above, and by enabling not only word learning but also sentence learning, the ability to interpret and understand given sentences, problems, etc., or the ability to write sentences, etc. can be greatly improved. The purpose is to provide language learning devices and methods.
다만, 본원의 실시예가 이루고자 하는 기술적 과제는 상기된 바와 같은 기술적 과제들로 한정되지 않으며, 또 다른 기술적 과제들이 존재할 수 있다.However, the technical challenges sought to be achieved by the embodiments of the present application are not limited to the technical challenges described above, and other technical challenges may exist.
상기한 기술적 과제를 달성하기 위한 기술적 수단으로서, 본원의 일 실시예에 따른 언어 학습 장치는 언어 학습을 위한 오늘의 문제를 제공하는 제공부; 및 상기 오늘의 문제에 대한 사용자의 학습완료 여부를 고려하여, 학습완료된 학습완료 문제의 복습을 위한 복습문제를 제공하는 복습 제어부를 포함할 수 있다.As a technical means for achieving the above-described technical problem, a language learning device according to an embodiment of the present application includes a providing unit that provides today's problems for language learning; And it may include a review control unit that considers whether the user has completed learning about the problem of the day and provides a review problem for reviewing the problem that has been studied.
또한, 상기 오늘의 문제는, 복수회의 기 설정된 시간에 제공되는 복수개의 문제를 포함하고, 상기 제공부는 상기 오늘의 문제를 매일 제공하되, 매일 신규한 오늘의 문제를 제공할 수 있다.In addition, the problem of the day includes a plurality of problems provided at a plurality of times at preset times, and the provision unit may provide the problem of the day every day and provide a new problem of the day every day.
또한, 상기 제공부는, 당일 오늘의 문제의 제공시, 당일 상기 복습 제어부에 의해 제공되는 복습문제가 존재하는 경우, 당일 제공되는 복습문제의 제공 이후에 당일 오늘의 문제를 제공할 수 있다.Additionally, when providing today's problems on the same day, if there are review problems provided by the review control unit on that day, the providing unit may provide today's problems after providing the review problems provided on that day.
또한, 복습 제어부는, 상기 오늘의 문제 내 복수개의 문제 각각에 대하여, 학습 유효시간 내에 학습이 완료되지 않은 문제를 학습미완료 문제로 인식하고, 상기 학습 유효시간 내에 학습이 완료된 문제를 학습완료 문제로 인식하되, 상기 복수개의 문제 각각의 학습 유효시간은, 다음 문제가 제공되는 시간 이전까지의 시간으로 설정될 수 있다.In addition, for each of the plurality of problems in the problem of the day, the review control unit recognizes a problem for which learning has not been completed within the learning validity time as an incomplete learning problem, and recognizes a problem for which learning has been completed within the learning validity time as a learning complete problem. However, the effective learning time for each of the plurality of problems may be set to the time before the next problem is provided.
또한, 상기 복습 제어부는, 상기 오늘의 문제 내 복수개의 문제 중 상기 사용자에 의해 학습이 완료되지 않은 것으로 확인된 학습미완료 문제의 경우, 재학습 및 복습이 불가하도록 삭제 처리할 수 있다.Additionally, the review control unit may, in the case of an unstudyed problem that is confirmed to have not been completed by the user among the plurality of problems in the Today's Problem, delete it so that re-studying and reviewing is not possible.
또한, 상기 복습 제어부는, 상기 오늘의 문제 내 복수개의 문제 중 상기 사용자에 의해 학습이 완료된 것으로 확인된 학습완료 문제의 경우, 복습이 가능하도록 기 설정된 복습기간 정보를 부여하고, 상기 학습완료 문제에 대응하는 복습문제를 상기 기 설정된 복습기간 정보 내 복습주기에 맞추어 제공할 수 있다.In addition, the review control unit, in the case of a completed problem for which learning has been confirmed to be completed by the user among the plurality of problems in the problem of the day, provides preset review period information to enable review, and provides information on a preset review period to enable review, and provides information on a preset review period to enable review. Corresponding review questions can be provided according to the review cycle within the preset review period information.
또한, 상기 복습주기는, 복수개의 복습일을 대상으로 설정되는 복수개의 복습일 간의 주기에 관한 정보일 수 있다.Additionally, the review cycle may be information about the cycle between a plurality of review days set for a plurality of review days.
또한, 상기 복습주기는, 상기 복습문제가 제공될 때마다, 제공된 복습문제에 대한 사용자의 정답 여부에 따라 달리 조정될 수 있다.Additionally, the review cycle may be adjusted differently depending on whether the user answers the provided review question correctly each time the review question is provided.
또한, 본원의 일 실시예에 따른 언어 학습 장치는 상기 제공부에 의해 제공되는 오늘의 문제 및 상기 복습 제어부에 의해 제공되는 복습문제의 화면 표출을 제어하는 제어부를 더 포함하고, 상기 제어부는, 상기 사용자가 상기 오늘의 문제 또는 복습문제에 대한 문제 풀이의 수행시 오답인 것으로 감지된 경우, 최소 3번의 문제 풀이를 재시도한 경우에 한하여 정답 확인이 가능하도록 제어할 수 있다.In addition, the language learning device according to an embodiment of the present application further includes a control unit that controls screen display of today's problem provided by the providing unit and the review problem provided by the review control unit, the control unit comprising: If it is detected that the user has given an incorrect answer when solving the problem of the day or the review problem, control can be made so that the correct answer can be confirmed only when the user has reattempted the problem solving at least three times.
상술한 과제 해결 수단은 단지 예시적인 것으로서, 본원을 제한하려는 의도로 해석되지 않아야 한다. 상술한 예시적인 실시예 외에도, 도면 및 발명의 상세한 설명에 추가적인 실시예가 존재할 수 있다.The above-described means of solving the problem are merely illustrative and should not be construed as intended to limit the present application. In addition to the exemplary embodiments described above, additional embodiments may be present in the drawings and detailed description of the invention.
전술한 본원의 과제 해결 수단에 의하면, 언어 학습 장치 및 방법을 제공함으로써, 사람의 기억의 경우 시간이 경과할수록 그 기억이 망각되는 경향을 고려하여 규칙적으로 꾸준히 학습 가능하도록 하되 이를 기억이 흐려질때 쯤 반복 학습(복습) 가능하도록 할 수 있는바, 효과적인 언어학습이 가능하도록 할 수 있다. According to the above-described means of solving the problem of the present institution, by providing a language learning device and method, in the case of human memory, taking into account the tendency of the memory to be forgotten over time, it is possible to learn regularly and steadily, and this is done by the time the memory fades. Repeated learning (review) can be made possible, allowing effective language learning.
전술한 본원의 과제 해결 수단에 의하면, 언어 학습 장치 및 방법을 제공함으로써, 단어 학습 뿐만 아니라 특히나 문장 학습이 가능하도록 해, 학습을 하는 사용자(학습자)로 하여금 주어진 문장, 문제 등을 해석하고 이해하는 능력 내지 문장 등을 작문하는 능력 등을 향상시키는 데에 크게 도움 줄 수 있다.According to the problem solving means of the present application described above, by providing a language learning device and method, not only word learning but also sentence learning is possible, allowing the learning user (learner) to interpret and understand given sentences, problems, etc. It can be of great help in improving your writing skills and writing skills.
다만, 본원에서 얻을 수 있는 효과는 상기된 바와 같은 효과들로 한정되지 않으며, 또 다른 효과들이 존재할 수 있다.However, the effects that can be obtained herein are not limited to the effects described above, and other effects may exist.
도 1은 본원의 일 실시예에 따른 언어 학습 장치의 개략적인 구성을 나타낸 도면이다.1 is a diagram showing the schematic configuration of a language learning device according to an embodiment of the present application.
도 2 내지 도 6은 본원의 일 실시예에 따른 언어 학습 장치에 의해 제공되는 화면의 예를 나타낸 도면이다.2 to 6 are diagrams showing examples of screens provided by a language learning device according to an embodiment of the present application.
도 7 및 도 8은 본원의 일 실시예에 따른 언어 학습 장치를 설명하기 위한 도면이다.Figures 7 and 8 are diagrams for explaining a language learning device according to an embodiment of the present application.
도 9는 본원의 일 실시예에 따른 언어 학습 방법에 대한 동작 흐름도이다.Figure 9 is an operation flowchart of a language learning method according to an embodiment of the present application.
아래에서는 첨부한 도면을 참조하여 본원이 속하는 기술 분야에서 통상의 지식을 가진 자가 용이하게 실시할 수 있도록 본원의 실시예를 상세히 설명한다. 그러나 본원은 여러 가지 상이한 형태로 구현될 수 있으며 여기에서 설명하는 실시예에 한정되지 않는다. 그리고 도면에서 본원을 명확하게 설명하기 위해서 설명과 관계없는 부분은 생략하였으며, 명세서 전체를 통하여 유사한 부분에 대해서는 유사한 도면 부호를 붙였다.Below, with reference to the attached drawings, embodiments of the present application will be described in detail so that those skilled in the art can easily implement them. However, the present application may be implemented in various different forms and is not limited to the embodiments described herein. In order to clearly explain the present application in the drawings, parts that are not related to the description are omitted, and similar reference numerals are assigned to similar parts throughout the specification.
본원 명세서 전체에서, 어떤 부분이 다른 부분과 "연결"되어 있다고 할 때, 이는 "직접적으로 연결"되어 있는 경우뿐 아니라, 그 중간에 다른 소자를 사이에 두고 "전기적으로 연결" 또는 "간접적으로 연결"되어 있는 경우도 포함한다. Throughout this specification, when a part is said to be “connected” to another part, this means not only “directly connected” but also “electrically connected” or “indirectly connected” with another element in between. "Includes cases where it is.
본원 명세서 전체에서, 어떤 부재가 다른 부재 "상에", "상부에", "상단에", "하에", "하부에", "하단에" 위치하고 있다고 할 때, 이는 어떤 부재가 다른 부재에 접해 있는 경우뿐 아니라 두 부재 사이에 또 다른 부재가 존재하는 경우도 포함한다.Throughout this specification, when a member is said to be located “on”, “above”, “at the top”, “below”, “at the bottom”, or “at the bottom” of another member, this means that a member is located on another member. This includes not only cases where they are in contact, but also cases where another member exists between two members.
본원 명세서 전체에서, 어떤 부분이 어떤 구성 요소를 "포함"한다고 할 때, 이는 특별히 반대되는 기재가 없는 한 다른 구성 요소를 제외하는 것이 아니라 다른 구성 요소를 더 포함할 수 있는 것을 의미한다.Throughout the specification of the present application, when a part "includes" a certain component, this means that it may further include other components rather than excluding other components unless specifically stated to the contrary.
도 1은 본원의 일 실시예에 따른 언어 학습 장치(10)의 개략적인 구성을 나타낸 도면이다. 이하에서는 설명의 편의상, 본원의 일 실시예에 따른 언어 학습 장치(10)를 본 장치(10)라 하기로 한다.Figure 1 is a diagram showing the schematic configuration of a language learning device 10 according to an embodiment of the present application. Hereinafter, for convenience of explanation, the language learning device 10 according to an embodiment of the present application will be referred to as the present device 10.
도 1을 참조하면, 본 장치(10)는 언어 학습 장치로서, 언어 학습과 관련된 웹 페이지, 앱 페이지, 프로그램 또는 애플리케이션을 본 장치(10)를 이용하는 사용자에게 제공할 수 있다. 본 장치(10)를 이용하는 사용자는 학습자 등으로 달리 지칭될 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 1, the device 10 is a language learning device and can provide web pages, app pages, programs, or applications related to language learning to users using the device 10. Users using the device 10 may be referred to differently as learners, etc.
일예로 본 장치(10)는 사용자가 소지한 단말(사용자 단말)에 포함된 장치의 형태로 마련될 수 있다. 이러한 경우, 본 장치(10)는 단말에 설치되는 프로그램 또는 애플리케이션(어플, 앱)의 형태로 구현 가능한 장치일 수 있다. 달리 말해, 본 장치(10)를 통해 제공되는 언어 학습 방법은 일예로 프로그램 또는 애플리케이션의 형태로 구현되어 단말을 통해 사용자(학습자)에게 제공될 수 있다. 다만, 이에 한정되는 것은 아니고, 다른 일예로 본 장치(10)는 단말과 네트워크를 통해 데이터 송수신이 가능한 서버의 형태로 마련될 수 있다. 서버의 형태로 마련된 본 장치(10)는, 본 장치(10)에 의해 제공되는 애플리케이션에 접속한 사용자들의 단말의 화면 표시를 제어할 수 있다. 서버의 형태로 마련된 본 장치(10)는 언어 학습 서버 등으로 달리 지칭될 수 있다. 도 1을 참조한 설명에서는 본 장치(10)가 단말에 포함된 형태로 마련된 것을 예로 들어 설명하기로 한다.For example, the device 10 may be provided in the form of a device included in a terminal (user terminal) carried by the user. In this case, the device 10 may be a device that can be implemented in the form of a program or application (app, app) installed on the terminal. In other words, the language learning method provided through the device 10 may be implemented in the form of a program or application and provided to the user (learner) through a terminal. However, it is not limited to this, and as another example, the device 10 may be provided in the form of a server capable of transmitting and receiving data through a terminal and a network. The device 10, which is provided in the form of a server, can control the screen display of the terminals of users who access the application provided by the device 10. This device 10, which is provided in the form of a server, may be referred to as a language learning server, etc. In the description referring to FIG. 1, the device 10 is provided as an example of being included in a terminal.
또한, 본원에서 본 장치(10)에 의해 제공되는 애플리케이션(어플, 앱)은 언어 학습 애플리케이션(앱)으로서 이하 설명의 편의상 본 앱이라 지칭될 수 있다. 본 장치(10)는 본 앱을 설치한 사용자들의 단말(학습자들의 단말 각각)의 동작(일예로 화면 표시 동작 등)을 제어할 수 있다.In addition, the application (app, app) provided by the device 10 herein is a language learning application (app) and may be referred to as the app for convenience of description below. The device 10 can control the operation (for example, screen display operation, etc.) of the terminals of users who have installed this app (each of the learners' terminals).
상술한 설명에서, 단말(사용자 단말)은 일예로 PCS(Personal Communication System), GSM(Global System for Mobile communication), PDC(Personal Digital Cellular), PHS(Personal Handyphone System), PDA(Personal Digital Assistant), IMT(International Mobile Telecommunication)-2000, CDMA(Code Division Multiple Access)-2000, W-CDMA(WCode Division Multiple Access), Wibro(Wireless Broadband Internet) 단말, 스마트폰(Smartphone), 스마트패드(SmartPad), 태블릿 PC, 노트북, 웨어러블 디바이스, 데스크탑 PC 등과 같은 모든 종류의 유무선 통신 장치를 포함할 수 있으며, 이에 한정되는 것은 아니다.In the above description, the terminal (user terminal) includes, for example, PCS (Personal Communication System), GSM (Global System for Mobile communication), PDC (Personal Digital Cellular), PHS (Personal Handyphone System), PDA (Personal Digital Assistant), IMT (International Mobile Telecommunication)-2000, CDMA (Code Division Multiple Access)-2000, W-CDMA (WCode Division Multiple Access), Wibro (Wireless Broadband Internet) terminal, smartphone, SmartPad, tablet It may include, but is not limited to, all types of wired and wireless communication devices such as PCs, laptops, wearable devices, desktop PCs, etc.
또한, 네트워크는 일예로 3GPP(3rd Generation Partnership Project) 네트워크, LTE(Long Term Evolution) 네트워크, WIMAX(World Interoperability for Microwave Access) 네트워크, 인터넷(Internet), LAN(Local Area Network), Wireless LAN(Wireless Local Area Network), WAN(Wide Area Network), PAN(Personal Area Network), 블루투스(Bluetooth) 네트워크, NFC(Near Field Communication) 네트워크, 위성 방송 네트워크, 아날로그 방송 네트워크, DMB(Digital Multimedia Broadcasting) 네트워크 등을 포함할 수 있으나, 이에 한정된 것은 아니고, 다양한 유/무선 통신 네트워크를 포함할 수 있다. 본 장치(10)에 대한 보다 구체적인 설명은 다음과 같다.In addition, networks include, for example, 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) network, Long Term Evolution (LTE) network, World Interoperability for Microwave Access (WIMAX) network, Internet, Local Area Network (LAN), and Wireless Local Area Network (Wireless LAN). Area Network), WAN (Wide Area Network), PAN (Personal Area Network), Bluetooth network, NFC (Near Field Communication) network, satellite broadcasting network, analog broadcasting network, DMB (Digital Multimedia Broadcasting) network, etc. However, it is not limited to this and may include various wired/wireless communication networks. A more detailed description of the device 10 is as follows.
도 2 내지 도 6은 본원의 일 실시예에 따른 언어 학습 장치(10)에 의해 제공되는 화면의 예를 나타낸 도면이다. 여기서, 도 4(즉, 도 4a 와 도 4b)는 일예로 17일차의 오늘의 문제(당일 오늘의 문제)가 제공되는 과정의 예를 나타낸다. 도 7 및 도 8은 본원의 일 실시예에 따른 언어 학습 장치(10)를 설명하기 위한 도면이다.2 to 6 are diagrams showing examples of screens provided by the language learning device 10 according to an embodiment of the present application. Here, Figure 4 (i.e., Figures 4a and 4b) shows an example of a process in which today's problem of the 17th day (today's problem of the day) is provided. 7 and 8 are diagrams for explaining the language learning device 10 according to an embodiment of the present application.
도 1 내지 도 8을 참조하면, 본 장치(10)는 제공부(11) 및 복습 제어부(12)를 포함할 수 있다. 또한, 도면에 도시하지는 않았으나, 본 장치(10)는 복수의 문제를 저장하는 데이터베이스부(미도시), 본 장치(10)에 자체 마련되어 본 장치(10)에 의해 제공되는 각종 정보(일예로, 문제 등)를 표시하는 화면인 디스플레이부(미도시), 및 본 장치(10) 내 각 부의 동작을 제어하는 제어부(미도시)를 포함할 수 있다. 일예로, 제어부(미도시)는 디스플레이부(미도시) 상에 표시되는 화면의 표시를 제어할 수 있다. 1 to 8, the device 10 may include a provision unit 11 and a review control unit 12. In addition, although not shown in the drawing, the device 10 includes a database unit (not shown) that stores a plurality of problems, and various information provided by the device 10 (for example, It may include a display unit (not shown), which is a screen that displays (problems, etc.), and a control unit (not shown) that controls the operation of each unit within the device 10. For example, a control unit (not shown) may control the display of a screen displayed on a display unit (not shown).
제공부(11)는 언어 학습을 위한 오늘의 문제를 제공할 수 있다. 제공부(11)는 데이터베이스부(미도시)에 저장된 복수의 문제 중 적어도 하나의 문제를 오늘의 문제로서 제공할 수 있다. 제공부(11)는 디스플레이부(미도시)에 오늘의 문제가 표시되도록 제공할 수 있다.The provision unit 11 may provide today's problems for language learning. The providing unit 11 may provide at least one problem among a plurality of problems stored in the database unit (not shown) as today's problem. The providing unit 11 may provide today's problems to be displayed on a display unit (not shown).
본 장치(10)에서 고려되는 문제(즉, 오늘의 문제, 복습문제, 데이터베이스부(미도시)에 저장된 복수의 문제 등)는 언어 학습과 관련된 문제, 즉 언어 학습을 위한 문제일 수 있다. 이때, 언어로는 한국어 뿐만 아니라, 영어, 일본어, 중국어, 프랑스어 등의 외국어를 포함하여 각종 언어가 고려될 수 있다. 달리 말해, 본 장치(10)는 각종 언어(일예로, 한국어, 영어, 일본어, 중국어, 프랑스어 등)의 학습이 가능한 언어 학습 장치일 수 있다. 예시적으로, 본 장치(10)에서 고려되는 문제는 영작 혹은 듣기문제 등과 관련된 문제일 수 있다.Problems considered in the device 10 (i.e., today's problem, review problem, multiple problems stored in a database unit (not shown), etc.) may be problems related to language learning, that is, problems for language learning. At this time, various languages can be considered, including not only Korean but also foreign languages such as English, Japanese, Chinese, and French. In other words, the device 10 may be a language learning device capable of learning various languages (eg, Korean, English, Japanese, Chinese, French, etc.). By way of example, the problem considered in the present device 10 may be a problem related to English writing or listening problems.
제공부(11)에 의해 제공되는 오늘의 문제는, 복수회의 기 설정된 시간에 제공되는 복수개의 문제를 포함할 수 있다. 제공부(11)는 오늘의 문제를 매일 제공하되, 매일 신규한 오늘의 문제를 제공할 수 있다.Today's problem provided by the providing unit 11 may include a plurality of problems provided at a plurality of times at a preset time. The provision unit 11 provides today's problems every day, and may provide new today's problems every day.
여기서, 복수회의 기 설정된 시간은 당일(하루 24시간)을 기준으로, 각기 다른 복수회의 시점에 해당하는 시간을 의미할 수 있고, 여기서, 복수회는 3회일 수 있다. 예시적으로, 복수회의 기 설정된 시간에는 1회째의 기 설정된 시간(제1 시간)인 8시, 2회째의 기 설정된 시간(제2 시간)인 14시, 3회째의 기 설정된 시간(제3 시간)인 20시가 포함될 수 있다.Here, the preset time for multiple times may mean a time corresponding to a different time point of multiple times based on the same day (24 hours a day), and here, multiple times may be three times. For example, the preset times for multiple times include 8 o'clock, which is the first preset time (the first time), 14 o'clock, which is the second preset time (the second time), and the third preset time (the third time). ) may be included at 20 o'clock.
이에 따르면, 오늘의 문제는 8시에 제공되는 제1 문제(오늘의 제1 문제), 14시에 제공되는 제2 문제(오늘의 제2 문제), 및 20시에 제공되는 제3 문제(오늘의 제3 문제)를 포함할 수 있다. 본원에서 오늘의 문제 내 제1 문제는 첫번째 제공되는 문제로서 Q1(Question 1), 제2 문제는 두번째 제공되는 문제로서 Q2(Question 2), 제3 문제는 세번째 제공되는 문제로서 Q3(Question 3)으로 표현될 수 있다.According to this, today's problem is the first problem provided at 8 o'clock (today's first problem), the second problem provided at 14 o'clock (today's second problem), and the third problem provided at 20 o'clock (today's first problem). 3rd problem) may be included. In today's issue here, the first problem is Q1 (Question 1) as the first problem provided, the second problem is Q2 (Question 2) as the second problem provided, and the third problem is Q3 (Question 3) as the third problem provided. It can be expressed as
본 장치(10)를 설명함에 있어서, 오늘의 문제 내 복수개의 문제(Q1, Q2, Q3) 중 어느 한 문제에 대하여 설명된 내용은, 이하 생략된 내용이라 하더라도 복수개의 문제 각각에 대한 설명에도 동일하게 적용될 수 있다. 또한, 매일 제공되는 오늘의 문제 중 어느 한 날에 제공되는 오늘의 문제에 대하여 설명된 내용은, 이하 생략된 내용이라 하더라도 다른날(매일매일) 제공되는 오늘의 문제에 대한 설명에도 동일하게 적용될 수 있다. In explaining the present device 10, the content explained for any one of the plurality of problems (Q1, Q2, Q3) in today's problem is the same as the explanation for each of the plurality of problems even if the content is omitted below. It can be applied easily. In addition, the content explained regarding the Problem of the Day provided on any one of the Problem of the Day provided every day may be equally applied to the explanation of the Problem of the Day provided on other days (every day) even if the content is omitted below. there is.
이에 따르면, 제공부(11)는 매일마다 정해진 시간(즉, 8시, 14시, 20시)에 3개의 문제(Q1, Q2, Q3)를 오늘의 문제로서 제공할 수 있다. 제공부(11)는 매일매일 오늘의 문제로 3개의 문제를 제공할 수 있고, 오늘의 문제 내 3개의 문제 각각을 기 설정된 각기 다른 시간(8시, 14시, 20시)에 하나씩 제공할 수 있다.According to this, the provision unit 11 can provide three problems (Q1, Q2, Q3) as today's problems at a set time every day (i.e., 8:00, 14:00, and 20:00). The provision unit 11 can provide three problems as the Problem of the Day every day, and each of the three problems within the Problem of the Day can be provided one by one at different preset times (8:00, 14:00, and 20:00). there is.
제공부(11)가 매일 신규한 문제를 오늘의 문제로 제공함에 따라, 당일 다음날(익일)에 제공되는 익일 오늘의 문제는 당일 제공되는 당일 오늘의 문제와는 다른 신규 문제일 수 있다. 즉, 제공부(11)는 동일한 중복 문제의 제공 없이, 매일매일 새로운(신규한) 오늘의 문제를 제공할 수 있다.As the provision unit 11 provides a new problem every day as the problem of the day, the problem of the day provided on the next day (the next day) may be a new problem that is different from the problem of the day provided on the same day. In other words, the providing unit 11 can provide a new (new) problem of the day every day without providing the same duplicate problem.
상술한 일예에서는, 복수회의 기 설정된 시간이 8시 14시, 20시로 설정된 것으로 예시하였으나, 이는 본원의 이해를 돕기 위한 하나의 예시일 뿐, 이에만 한정되는 것은 아니고, 복수회의 기 설정된 시간은 사용자(학습자)에 의해 다른 값으로 변경, 설정될 수 있다.In the above-mentioned example, the preset times for multiple sessions are set to 8:00, 14:00, and 20:00. However, this is only an example to aid understanding of the application, and is not limited to this. The preset times for multiple sessions are set by the user. It can be changed or set to a different value by (the learner).
즉, 제어부(미도시)는 오늘의 문제 내 복수개의 문제(3개의 문제인 Q1, Q2, Q3) 각각이 제공되는 시간(시각)인 복수회의 기 설정된 시간을 사용자가 설정 가능하도록 제어할 수 있다. 이때, 제어부(미도시)는 사용자가 복수회의 기 설정된 시간의 설정시, 도 5에 도시된 것과 같이 일예로 복수회의 기 설정된 시간 간의 간격이 최소 3시간 이상의 간격으로 설정되도록 제어할 수 있다. In other words, the control unit (not shown) can control the user to set a plurality of preset times, which is the time (time) at which each of the plurality of problems (three problems Q1, Q2, and Q3) in today's problem is provided. At this time, when the user sets a plurality of preset times, the control unit (not shown) can control the interval between the plurality of preset times to be set to an interval of at least 3 hours or more, as shown in FIG. 5 .
제어부(미도시)는 디스플레이부의 화면에 도 5에 도시된 것과 같은 학습시각설정 화면을 표시할 수 있다. 학습시각설정 화면을 통해 사용자는 오늘의 문제 내 복수개의 문제(Q1, Q2, Q3) 각각이 제공되는 시간(시각)을 설정할 수 있다. 이때, 제어부(미도시)는 무의식에 의한 두뇌의 기억 정리 효과를 극대화 하고 '벼락치기' 방식의 학습 습관을 방지하기 위해, 문제간에 시간적 간격을 최소 3시간 이상으로 두도록 제어할 수 있다. 즉, 제어부(미도시)는 사용자가 본 장치(10)를 통해 언어 학습을 수행함에 있어서, 무의식에 의한 두뇌의 기억 정리 효과를 극대화 하고 '벼락치기' 방식의 학습 습관을 방지하기 위해, 오늘의 문제로 제공되는 복수개의 문제(3개의 문제)의 제공 시간 간의 간격이 최소 3시간 이상으로 설정되도록 제어할 수 있다. 이처럼, '오늘의 문제 내 복수개의 문제가 제공되는 시간 간의 간격 설정이 최소 3시간 이상의 간격으로 설정되도록 제어하는 특징'은 일예로 본 앱의 제5 특징이라 지칭될 수 있다.The control unit (not shown) may display a learning time setting screen as shown in FIG. 5 on the screen of the display unit. Through the learning time setting screen, users can set the time (time) at which each of the multiple problems (Q1, Q2, Q3) in Today's Problem are provided. At this time, the control unit (not shown) can control the time interval between problems to be at least 3 hours or more in order to maximize the effect of unconsciously organizing the brain's memory and prevent 'cramming' learning habits. In other words, when the user performs language learning through the device 10, the control unit (not shown) maximizes the effect of unconsciously organizing the brain's memory and prevents 'cramming' learning habits. The interval between the provision times of multiple problems (3 problems) provided can be controlled to be set to at least 3 hours. In this way, the 'feature that controls the interval setting between the times when multiple problems within the Today's Problem are provided is set to an interval of at least 3 hours or more' can be referred to as the fifth feature of this app as an example.
예를 들어, 제어부(미도시)는 오늘의 문제 내 첫번째 문제인 제1 문제(Q1)의 학습 시간(즉, 1회째의 기 설정된 시간)이 8시로 설정된 경우, 오늘의 문제 내 두번째 문제인 제2 문제(Q2)의 학습 시간에 대하여 11시 이후의 시간 중 어느 하나로 설정 가능하도록 제어할 수 있다. 즉, 제1 문제(Q1)의 학습 시간이 8시 이므로, 그로부터 최소 3시간 이후인 11시 이후의 시간으로 제2 문제(Q2)의 학습 시간이 설정될 수 있다. 만약, 제2 문제의 학습 시간이 11시로 설정되어 있다면, 제어부(미도시)는 제3 문제(Q3)의 학습 시간의 경우, 11시(제2 문제의 학습 시간인 11시)로부터 최소 3시간 이후인 14시 이후의 시간 중 어느 하나로 설정 가능하도록 제어할 수 있다.For example, if the learning time (i.e., the preset time for the first time) of the first problem (Q1), which is the first problem in today's problem, is set to 8 o'clock, the control unit (not shown) The learning time in (Q2) can be controlled to be set to any time after 11 o'clock. That is, since the study time for the first problem (Q1) is 8 o'clock, the study time for the second problem (Q2) can be set to a time after 11 o'clock, which is at least 3 hours later. If the learning time for the second problem is set to 11 o'clock, the control unit (not shown) sets the learning time for the third problem (Q3) at least 3 hours from 11 o'clock (11 o'clock, the learning time for the second problem). It can be controlled to be set to any time after 14:00.
즉, 예를들어 첫번째 문제(Q1)의 학습시간이 08시이면, 최소 3시간 이후인 11시에 두번째 문제(Q2)를 받아볼 수 있도록 학습 시각이 설정될 수 있다. 제어부(미도시)는 사용자(학습자) 본인의 성향 및 판단에 따라 3시간의 간격을 더 넓힐 수도 있으나, 간격을 3시간 이하로 줄일 수는 없도록 제어할 수 있다. 달리 표현해, 제어부(미도시)는 오늘의 문제로 제공되는 복수개의 문제(3개의 문제)의 제공 시간 간의 간격을 사용자가 3시간을 기준으로 그보다 더 넓은 시간(ex, 5시간, 6시간 등) 간격으로 설정 가능하도록 제어할 수 있으며, 3시간 간격보다 더 좁은 시간(ex, 1시간, 2시간 등) 간격으로는 설정이 불가하도록 제어할 수 있다.That is, for example, if the study time for the first question (Q1) is 08:00, the study time can be set so that the second question (Q2) can be received at 11:00, at least 3 hours later. The control unit (not shown) can widen the interval of 3 hours according to the user's (learner's) inclination and judgment, but can control it so that the interval cannot be reduced to less than 3 hours. In other words, the control unit (not shown) allows the user to set the interval between the provision times of a plurality of problems (3 problems) provided as the problem of the day to a wider period of time (eg, 5 hours, 6 hours, etc.) based on 3 hours. It can be controlled so that it can be set at intervals, and it can be controlled so that settings cannot be made at intervals narrower than the 3-hour interval (e.g., 1 hour, 2 hours, etc.).
복수회의 기 설정된 시간이 '8시, 14시, 20시'로 설정되어 있다면, 제공부(11)는 오늘인 당일에 오늘의 문제를 8시, 14시, 20시 각각에 하나씩 제공하여 총 3 개의 문제를 제공하고, 다음날인 익일에 오늘의 문제를 8시 14시, 20시 각각에 하나씩 제공하여 총 3개의 문제를 제공하는 등 매일매일 오늘의 문제를 제공할 수 있다. If the preset times for multiple sessions are set to '8:00, 14:00, 20:00', the provider 11 provides today's problem one at 8:00, 14:00, and 20:00 on today's day, for a total of 3. One problem is provided, and the next day, one problem of the day is provided at 8:00, 14:00, and 20:00, for a total of 3 problems.
복습 제어부(12)는, 제공부(11)에서 제공된 오늘의 문제에 대한 사용자의 학습완료 여부를 고려하여, 학습완료된 학습완료 문제의 복습을 위한 복습문제를 제공할 수 있다. 복습 제어부(12)는 학습완료 문제에 대하여 복습이 가능하도록, 학습완료 문제에 대응하는 복습문제를 디스플레이부(미도시)에 표시되도록 제공할 수 있다. 복습문제는 학습완료 문제의 문제와 동일한 문제일 수 있다.The review control unit 12 may consider whether the user has completed learning about today's problem provided by the provision unit 11 and provide a review problem for reviewing the completed problem. The review control unit 12 may provide review problems corresponding to completed problems to be displayed on a display unit (not shown) so that review of completed problems is possible. The review problem may be the same problem as the study completion problem.
복습 제어부(12)는 오늘의 문제 내 복수개의 문제 중 어느 한 문제(일예로 Q1)가 제공부(11)에 의해 제공된 이후, 어느 한 문제(일예로 Q1)의 다음 문제(즉, Q2)가 제공되는 시간 이전까지 어느 한 문제(일예로 Q1)를 사용자가 학습완료한 것으로 확인된 경우, 어느 한 문제(일예로 Q1)를 학습완료 문제로 인식할 수 있다.After one problem (for example, Q1) among a plurality of problems in today's problem is provided by the provision unit 11, the review control unit 12 selects the next problem (i.e., Q2) of one problem (for example, Q1). If it is confirmed that the user has completed learning a problem (eg, Q1) before the provided time, the problem (eg, Q1) may be recognized as a learning complete problem.
반면, 복습 제어부(12)는 오늘의 문제 내 복수개의 문제 중 어느 한 문제(일예로 Q1)가 제공부(11)에 의해 제공된 이후, 어느 한 문제(일예로 Q1)의 다음 문제(즉, Q2)가 제공되는 시간 이전까지 어느 한 문제(일예로 Q1)를 사용자가 학습을 미완료 한 것으로 확인되는 경우, 어느 한 문제(일예로 Q1)를 학습미완료 문제로 인식할 수 있다. 복습 제어부(12)는, 제공부(11)에서 제공된 오늘의 문제 내 복수개의 문제 중 사용자에 의해 학습이 완료되지 않은 것으로 확인된 학습미완료 문제의 경우, 재학습 및 복습이 불가하도록 삭제 처리할 수 있다.On the other hand, after one problem (e.g. Q1) among a plurality of problems in today's problem is provided by the provision unit 11, the review control unit 12 controls the next problem (e.g. Q2) of one problem (e.g. Q1). If it is confirmed that the user has not completed learning a problem (for example, Q1) before the time when ) is provided, a problem (for example, Q1) may be recognized as an uncompleted learning problem. The review control unit 12 may, in the case of an unfinished problem that is confirmed to have not been completed by the user among the plurality of problems in today's problem provided by the providing unit 11, delete it so that re-study and review are not possible. there is.
특히나, 복습 제어부(12)는 학습미완료 문제를 삭제 처리할 때, 삭제 처리하고자 하는 학습미완료 문제가 오늘의 문제로서 제공되기 이전에, 학습미완료 문제의 이전에 기 제공된 복습문제(적어도 하나의 복습문제)가 존재하는 경우, 학습미완료 문제 및 학습미완료 문제의 이전의 복습문제(적어도 하나의 복습문제)를 함께 삭제 처리할 수 있다. 후술하여 설명하는 도 4b를 참조하여 예를 들면, 제공부(11)는 14일차의 Q2 오늘의 문제 를 제공함에 있어서, 일예로 '7일차 Q2 복습문제 → 11일차 Q2 복습문제 → 13일차 Q2 복습문제'를 순차적으로 제공한 이후에 14일차의 Q2 오늘의 문제를 제공할 수 있다. 이때, 만약 사용자가 14일차의 Q2 오늘의 문제를 학습 유효시간 내에 학습완료를 하지 못하여 학습미완료 문제로 인식된 경우, 복습 제어부(12)는 14일차의 Q2 오늘의 문제를 재학습 및 복습이 불가능하도록 삭제 처리할 수 있다. 따라서 만약 14일차의 Q2 오늘의 문제가 학습완료 문제였다면 복습 제어부(12)는 도 4b에 도시된 것과 같이 14일차 Q2 복습문제를 15일차 및 17일차에 각각 제공했을 것이다. 그러나, 복습 제어부(12)는 14일차의 Q2 오늘의 문제가 학습미완료 문제인 경우, 14일차의 Q2 오늘의 문제를 삭제 처리함으로써, 14일차의 14일차 Q2 복습문제를 15일차 및 17일차를 포함하여 14일차 이후에 전혀 제공되지 않도록 하여 재학습 및 복습이 불가능하도록 할 수 있다. 이때, 복습 제어부(12)는 14일차의 Q2 오늘의 문제를 삭제 처리할 때, 14일차의 Q2 오늘의 문제의 이전에 기 제공된 복습문제(즉, 7일차 Q2 복습문제, 11일차 Q2 복습문제, 및 13일차 Q2 복습문제) 역시 함께 삭제 처리할 수 있다. In particular, when deleting an incomplete study problem, the review control unit 12 deletes a review problem (at least one review problem) previously provided before the incomplete study problem before the incomplete study problem to be deleted is provided as today's problem. ) exists, the incomplete learning problem and the previous review problem (at least one review problem) of the incomplete learning problem can be deleted together. For example, with reference to FIG. 4B, which will be described later, the provision unit 11 provides Q2 today's problem of the 14th day, for example, 'Q2 review problem of the 7th day → Q2 review problem of the 11th day → Q2 review of the 13th day. After providing the ‘problems’ sequentially, you can provide the Q2 problem of the day on the 14th day. At this time, if the user fails to complete learning of the Q2 Today's Problem of the 14th day within the learning validity period and is recognized as an uncompleted problem, the review control unit 12 makes it impossible to re-learn and review the Q2 Today's Problem of the 14th day. You can delete it to do so. Therefore, if the Q2 today's problem of the 14th day was a study completion problem, the review control unit 12 would have provided the Q2 review problem of the 14th day on the 15th and 17th days, respectively, as shown in FIG. 4B. However, if the Q2 today's problem of the 14th day is an incomplete study problem, the review control unit 12 deletes the Q2 today's problem of the 14th day, so that the 14th day Q2 review problem of the 14th day includes the 15th and 17th days. You can make it impossible to re-study or review by not providing it at all after the 14th day. At this time, when the review control unit 12 deletes the Q2 today's problem of the 14th day, the review problems previously provided before the Q2 today's problem of the 14th day (i.e., the Q2 review problem of the 7th day, the Q2 review problem of the 11th day, and Day 13 Q2 review questions) can also be deleted together.
이에 따르면, 오늘의 문제 내 복수개의 문제 중 어느 한 문제가 제공부(11)에 의해 제공되었을 때, 제공된 어느 한 문제에 대하여 사용자가 학습 가능한 학습 유효시간(즉, 해당 문제를 풀 수 있는 유효시간)은 어느 한 문제가 제공된 시간(시점)으로부터 어느 한 문제의 다음으로 제공되는 다음 문제가 제공되는 시간(시점) 이전(직전)까지의 시간으로 설정될 수 있다.According to this, when one of the plurality of problems in Today's Problem is provided by the providing unit 11, the learning effective time that the user can learn for one provided problem (i.e., the effective time to solve the problem) ) can be set as the time from the time (point in time) at which one problem is provided until (immediately before) the time (point in time) at which the next problem provided after one problem is provided.
즉, 복습 제어부(12)는, 오늘의 문제 내 복수개의 문제(Q1, Q2, Q3) 각각에 대하여, 학습 유효시간 내에 학습이 완료되지 않은 문제를 학습미완료 문제로 인식하고, 학습 유효시간 내에 학습이 완료된 문제를 학습완료 문제로 인식할 수 있다. 이때, 복수개의 문제(Q1, Q2, Q3) 각각의 학습 유효시간은, 다음 문제가 제공되는 시간 이전(직전)까지의 시간으로 설정될 수 있다.That is, the review control unit 12 recognizes a problem for which learning has not been completed within the learning effective time as an incomplete learning problem for each of the plurality of problems (Q1, Q2, Q3) in today's problem, and learns the problem within the learning effective time. This completed problem can be recognized as a learned problem. At this time, the effective learning time for each of the plurality of problems (Q1, Q2, Q3) can be set to the time until (immediately before) the time when the next problem is provided.
예시적으로, 오늘의 문제 내 복수개의 문제(Q1, Q2, Q3)가 제공되는 시간(복수회의 기 설정된 시간이 8시, 14시, 20시로 설정되어 있다고 하자. 즉, 매일 오늘의 문제로서, Q1이 8시에, Q2가 14에, Q3가 20시에 제공된다고 하자.As an example, let's say that the time at which multiple problems (Q1, Q2, Q3) in Today's Problem are provided (the preset time for multiple sessions is set to 8:00, 14:00, and 20:00. That is, as today's problem every day, Let's say Q1 is provided at 8 o'clock, Q2 is provided at 14 o'clock, and Q3 is provided at 20 o'clock.
이때, 제공부(11)가 5월 1일 8시에 오늘의 문제 중 제1 문제인 Q1을 제공했다고 하자. 사용자는 Q1 문제에 대하여, 다음 문제인 Q2 문제가 제공되는 시간인 14시 이전(즉, 13시 59분 59초)까지만 학습이 가능할 수 있다(즉, 14시 이전까지만 문제 푸는 것을 수행할 수 있다). 만약, 사용자가 Q1 문제를 14시 이전까지 학습완료하지 못한 경우, 복습 제어부(12)는 Q1 문제를 학습미완료 문제로 인식함에 따라, Q1 문제를 향후 재학습 및 복습이 불가하도록 삭제 처리할 수 있다. 복습 제어부(12)는 학습미완료 문제의 경우, 데이터베이스부(미도시) 내 저장된 복수의 문제 중 해당 학습미완료 문제(5월 1일 8시에 제공된 Q1 문제)를 삭제 처리할 수 있다. At this time, let's say that the provider 11 provided Q1, the first problem of the day, at 8 o'clock on May 1. The user may be able to learn about the Q1 problem only until 14:00 (i.e., 13:59:59), which is the time when the next problem, Q2 problem, is provided (i.e., the user can only solve the problem until 14:00) . If the user has not completed learning the Q1 problem by 14:00, the review control unit 12 may recognize the Q1 problem as an uncompleted problem and delete the Q1 problem so that it cannot be re-learned or reviewed in the future. . In the case of an incomplete study problem, the review control unit 12 may delete the corresponding uncompleted problem (Q1 problem provided at 8 o'clock on May 1) from among the plurality of problems stored in the database unit (not shown).
이후, 제공부(11)는 5월 1일 14가 되었을 때 오늘의 문제 중 제2 문제인 Q2를 제공할 수 있다. 사용자는 Q2 문제에 대하여, 다음 문제인 Q3 문제가 제공되는 시간인 20시 이전까지만 학습이 가능할 수 있다. 사용자가 Q2 문제를 20시 전까지 학습완료한 경우, 복습 제어부(12)는 Q2 문제를 학습완료 문제로 인식함에 따라, 학습완료 문제인 Q2 문제를 향후 재학습 및 복습이 가능하도록 후술하여 설명하는 기 설정된 복습기간 정보 내 복습 주기에 맞추어 복습문제로서 반복 제공할 수 있다.Afterwards, the provider 11 can provide Q2, the second problem of today's problem, when the number is 14 on May 1. The user may be able to learn about the Q2 problem only until 20:00, when the next problem, the Q3 problem, is provided. If the user has completed learning the Q2 problem before 20:00, the review control unit 12 recognizes the Q2 problem as a completed problem, and thus preset the Q2 problem, which is a completed problem, as described later to enable future re-learning and review. Review period information can be repeatedly provided as review problems according to the review period within the review period.
이후, 제공부(11)는 5월 1일 20시가 되었을 때 오늘의 문제 중 제3 문제인 Q3을 제공할 수 있다. 사용자는 Q3 문제에 대하여, 다음 문제인 Q1 문제(이는 5월 2일 8시에 제공되는 Q1 문제를 의미함)가 제공되는 시간은 다음날 8시 이전까지만 학습이 가능할 수 있다. 만약, 사용자가 Q3 문제를 5월 2일 8시 이전까지 학습완료하지 못한 경우, 복습 제어부(12)는 Q3 문제를 학습미완료 문제로 인식함에 따라, Q3 문제를 향후 재학습 및 복습이 불가하도록 삭제 처리할 수 있다. 이후, 제공부(11)는 5월 2일 8시에 신규한 오늘의 문제 중 제1 문제인 Q1을 제공할 수 있다.Afterwards, the provision unit 11 can provide Q3, the third problem of today's problems, at 20:00 on May 1. Users may be able to learn about the Q3 problem only until the next problem, the Q1 problem (this means the Q1 problem provided at 8 o'clock on May 2), is provided until 8 o'clock the next day. If the user has not completed learning the Q3 problem before 8:00 on May 2, the review control unit 12 recognizes the Q3 problem as an uncompleted problem and deletes the Q3 problem so that it cannot be re-studyed or reviewed in the future. It can be handled. Afterwards, the provision unit 11 can provide Q1, the first problem among today's new problems, at 8 o'clock on May 2nd.
복습 제어부(12)는 학습미완료 문제를 삭제 처리함으로써, 학습미완료 문제의 경우 문제가 사라지도록 해 추후에 다시는 학습을 할 수 없게 할 수 있다. 본 장치(10)에 의해 제공되는 본 앱(언어 학습 방법)은 다수의 특징들을 가질 수 있는데, 전술한 '학습미완료 문제의 경우 재학습 및 복습이 불가능하도록 삭제 처리하여 규칙적인 학습을 유도하는 특징'은 일예로 본 앱의 제1 특징이라 지칭될 수 있다. 즉, 제1 특징에 의하면, 본 장치(10)는 매일 정해진 시간에 문제가 제공되도록 하되, 다음문제의 제공 시간 전까지 "학습완료" 되지 못하면, 다음문제의 제공 시간이 도래하는 순간 학습미완료 문제가 사라져서 학습이 불가능해지도록 삭제 처리할 수 있다. 이에 따라 이렇게 '학습완료' 되지 않은 문장(학습미완료 문제)은 추후에 복습 및 재학습 자체가 불가능해질 수 있다. The review control unit 12 deletes incomplete learning problems, so that in the case of incomplete learning problems, the problems disappear and learning cannot be done again in the future. This app (language learning method) provided by the device 10 may have a number of features, including the feature of inducing regular learning by deleting incomplete learning problems so that re-learning and review are not possible. ', as an example, can be referred to as the first feature of this app. That is, according to the first feature, the device 10 provides problems at a set time every day, but if “learning is not completed” before the provision time of the next problem, the problem of incomplete learning occurs the moment the provision time of the next problem arrives. It can be deleted so that it disappears and learning becomes impossible. Accordingly, it may become impossible to review or re-learn sentences that have not been 'learned' (incomplete learning problems) in the future.
다시 말해, 제1 특징에 의하면, 본원에서 오늘의 문제의 유효시간(학습 유효시간)이라 함은 다음문제 시간 직전까지의 시간을 의미할 수 있다. 즉, 오늘의 문제의 유효시간은 다음문제 시간 전까지를 의미하므로, 본 장치(10)는 일예로 Q1이 08시, Q2가 14시, Q3가 20시에 제공될경우, Q1은 14시가 되면서 사라지고 Q2가 제공되며 마찬가지로 Q2는 20시가 되면서 사라지고 Q3가 제공되도록 할 수 있다. 이때, 오늘의 문제앞에 복습문제가 있다면, 오늘의 문제가 사라질 때 앞에 있는 복습문제도 다 같이 함께 사라지도록 할 수 있다.In other words, according to the first feature, the effective time (effective learning time) of today's problem in this application may mean the time until just before the time of the next problem. In other words, the valid time of today's question means before the time of the next question, so for example, if Q1 is provided at 08:00, Q2 is provided at 14:00, and Q3 is provided at 20:00, Q1 disappears at 14:00. Q2 is provided, and similarly, Q2 disappears at 20 o'clock and Q3 can be provided. At this time, if there is a review problem in front of today's problem, you can make all the previous review problems disappear together when today's problem disappears.
어떤 문제를 언제든지 학습을 할 수 있다고 한다면, 보통의 학습자라면 학습을 나중으로 미루는 습관이 생기기 마련이다. 이러한 문제에 착안하여, 본 장치(10)는 제1 특징에 해당하는 기능을 제공함으로써, 사용자(학습자)가 학습을 나중으로 미루는 습관을 제어하고 규칙적으로 꾸준히 학습 가능하도록 할 수 있다.If you say you can learn a problem at any time, the average learner will develop the habit of putting off learning until later. Focusing on this problem, the present device 10 provides the function corresponding to the first feature, thereby enabling the user (learner) to control the habit of postponing learning to a later date and enable learning on a regular and consistent basis.
본 장치(10)는 매일 정해진 시간(일예로 8시, 14시, 20시)에 3개의 문제를 오늘의 문제로서 제공할 수 있다. 이때, 매일 제공되는 문제들 각각(오늘의 문제 내 3개의 문제 각각)은, 학습이 가능한 유효시간(학습 유효시간)이 다음 문제가 제공되는 시간 이전(직전)까지의 시간으로 설정될 수 있다. 즉, 본 장치(10)는 하루에 3번 문제를 제공(8시, 14시, 20시 각각에 하나씩 문제를 제공)할 수 있으며, 다음문제가 제공되는 시간 전까지 '학습완료'되지 않은 문제에 대하여, 해당 문제가 사라지도록 삭제 처리함으로써 추후 해당 문제(학습미완료 문제)를 학습할 수 없고, 추후에 복습도 불가능하도록 할 수 있다.The device 10 can provide three problems as today's problems at set times every day (for example, 8:00, 14:00, and 20:00). At this time, for each of the problems provided every day (each of the three problems in today's problem), the valid time for learning (effective learning time) can be set to the time before (immediately before) the time when the next problem is provided. In other words, this device 10 can provide problems three times a day (one problem each at 8:00, 14:00, and 20:00), and it is possible to provide problems that are not 'study complete' before the next problem is provided. In this regard, by deleting the problem so that it disappears, it is possible to make it impossible to study the problem (incomplete learning problem) in the future and to make it impossible to review it later.
앞서 말한 바와 같이, 일예로 8시에 Q1 문제가 제공되었을 때, 복습 제어부(12)는 사용자가 Q1 문제를 Q2가 제공되는 시간인 14시 이전까지 '학습완료'하지 않을 경우, 학습완료하지 않은 Q1 문제(학습미완료 문제)를 삭제처리 하여 다시는 추후에 학습미완료 문제를 재학습 및 복습이 불가하도록 할 수 있다. 이후 14시에 Q2가 제공될 수 있다. 이러한 본 장치(10)는 매일 제공되는 문제에 대하여 사용자가 나중으로 학습을 미루는 습관을 개선시킬 수 있고, 이를 통해 규칙적이고 꾸준한 학습을 유도할 수 있다. 즉, 이러한 본 장치(10)는 본 장치를 통해 언어 학습을 수행하는 사용자로 하여금, 규칙적인 학습을 유도할 수 있다. As mentioned above, for example, when the Q1 problem is provided at 8 o'clock, if the user does not 'complete learning' the Q1 problem before 14:00, which is the time when Q2 is provided, the review control unit 12 You can delete Q1 problems (incomplete learning problems) so that you can never re-study or review incomplete problems in the future. Q2 may then be provided at 14:00. This device 10 can improve the user's habit of delaying learning about problems provided every day to a later date, and thereby induce regular and steady learning. In other words, this device 10 can induce regular learning by a user who performs language learning through this device.
복습 제어부(12)는 오늘의 문제 내 복수개의 문제 중 어느 한 문제가 제공되었을 때, 제공된 어느 한 문제에 대하여 사용자가 학습완료했는지 여부(즉, 제공된 어느 한 문제에 대한 사용자의 학습완료 여부)를 판단할 수 있다. 복습 제어부(12)는, 학습완료된 학습완료 문제에 대해서는 추후 재학습 및 복습이 가능하도록 기 설정된 복습기간 내 복습주기에 맞추어 반복 제공하는 한편, 학습이 완료되지 않은 학습미완료 문제에 대해서는 추후 재학습 및 복습이 불가하도록 삭제처리할 수 있다.When one of a plurality of problems in today's problem is provided, the review control unit 12 determines whether the user has completed learning for one of the provided problems (i.e., whether the user has completed learning for one of the provided problems). You can judge. The review control unit 12 repeatedly provides study in accordance with the review cycle within a preset review period to enable future re-study and review for study-complete problems, while for un-study problems for which study has not been completed, re-study and review at a later date. It can be deleted so that it cannot be reviewed.
이때, 복습 제어부(12)는 제공된 어느 한 문제에 대한 학습완료 여부의 판단시, 도 2에 도시된 것과 같이, 제공된 어느 한 문제에 대하여 사용자에 의해 '문제 풀기 과정, 정답 확인 과정, 복습하기 과정 및 정답 확인 과정'이 이루어진 경우에 한하여, 제공된 어느 한 문제가 학습완료된 것으로 판단할 수 있다. 즉, 본원에서 학습완료라 함은 “문제 풀기 과정(1단계) → 정답 확인 과정(2단계) → 복습하기 과정(3단계) → 정답 확인 과정(4단계)”과 같이 총 4단계의 과정을 모두 수행완료한 경우를 의미할 수 있다.At this time, when determining whether or not learning has been completed for a provided problem, the review control unit 12 performs a 'problem solving process, a correct answer confirmation process, and a review process' by the user for a provided problem, as shown in FIG. 2. and correct answer confirmation process', it can be determined that learning of a provided problem has been completed. In other words, the completion of learning at our institute means a total of 4 steps as follows: “Problem solving process (step 1) → Correct answer confirmation process (step 2) → Review process (step 3) → Correct answer confirmation process (step 4)” This may mean that all execution has been completed.
일예로, 제공부(11)는 5월 1일 14시에 오늘의 문제 중 제2 문제(Q2)로서 도 2의 (a)에 도시된 것과 같은 문제를 디스플레이부(미도시)의 화면 상에 표시되도록 제공할 수 있다. 이때, 제공된 제2 문제(Q2)와 관련하여, 사용자가 도 2의 (a)와 같은 화면에서 문제를 풀어 문제 풀기 과정(1단계)을 수행한 다음 이후 도 2의 (b)와 같이 정답을 확인하는 정답 확인 과정(2단계)을 수행하고, 이후 도 2의 (c)와 같이 복습을 하여 복습하기 과정(3단계)을 수행한 다음 이후 도 2의 (d)와 같이 복습한 문제에 대한 정답을 확인하는 정답 확인 과정(4단계)을 수행했을 때, 복습 제어부(12)는 사용자가 제공된 제2 문제(Q2)를 학습완료한 것으로 판단하여 해당 제2 문제(Q2)를 학습완료 문제로 인식할 수 있다.For example, the provider 11 displays the same problem as shown in (a) of FIG. 2 as the second problem (Q2) among today's problems on the screen of the display unit (not shown) at 14:00 on May 1. It can be provided to be displayed. At this time, in relation to the provided second problem (Q2), the user solves the problem on the screen shown in (a) of Figure 2, performs the problem solving process (step 1), and then provides the correct answer as shown in (b) of Figure 2. Perform the correct answer confirmation process (step 2), and then perform the review process (step 3) as shown in (c) of Figure 2, and then perform the review process (step 3) for the reviewed problem as shown in (d) of Figure 2. When the correct answer confirmation process (step 4) of checking the correct answer is performed, the review control unit 12 determines that the user has completed learning the provided second problem (Q2) and marks the second problem (Q2) as a learning complete problem. It can be recognized.
즉, 매일 제공되는 3개의 문제(오늘의 문제) 각각의 학습 방식은, "문제 풀기 과정(1단계) → 정답 확인 과정(2단계) → 복습하기 과정(3단계) → 정답 확인 과정(4단계)"과 같이 총 4단계의 과정으로 학습이 이루어질 수 있다. 다시 말해, 복습 제어부(12)는 오늘의 문제 내 복수개의 문제 중 어느 한 문제가 제공되었을 때, 제공된 어느 한 문제에 대하여 4단계의 과정으로 학습이 완료된 경우에 한하여, 제공된 어느 한 문제를 학습완료 문제로 인식할 수 있다. 복습 제어부(12)는 4단계의 과정 중 적어도 한 과정이 수행되지 않은 문제에 대하여 해당 문제를 학습미완료 문제로 인식할 수 있다.In other words, the learning method for each of the three problems (problem of the day) provided every day is "Problem solving process (step 1) → Answer checking process (step 2) → Review process (step 3) → Answer checking process (step 4) )", learning can be accomplished in a total of four steps. In other words, when one of a plurality of problems in today's problem is provided, the review control unit 12 completes learning of one of the provided problems only if learning is completed through a four-step process for one of the provided problems. It can be recognized as a problem. The review control unit 12 may recognize a problem in which at least one of the four steps has not been performed as an uncompleted learning problem.
제어부(미도시)는 제공부(11)에 의해 제공되는 오늘의 문제 및 복습 제어부(12)에 의해 제공되는 복습문제의 화면 표출(디스플레이부에 대한 화면 표시)을 제어할 수 있다. 이때, 제어부(미도시)는 사용자가 오늘의 문제 또는 복습문제에 대한 문제 풀이의 수행시(즉, 오늘의 문제의 경우 문제 풀기 과정의 수행시를 의미하고, 복습문제의 경우 복습하기 과정을 의미함) 오답인 것으로 감지된 경우, 정답 확인을 바로 할 수 없고 최소 3번의 문제 풀이를 재시도한 경우에 한하여 오답으로 감지된 문제에 대한 정답 확인이 가능하도록 제어할 수 있다. The control unit (not shown) can control the screen display (screen display on the display unit) of today's problem provided by the providing unit 11 and the review problem provided by the review control unit 12. At this time, the control unit (not shown) is operated when the user performs problem solving for today's problem or review problem (i.e., in the case of today's problem, this means performing the problem solving process, and in the case of review problem, it means the review process). ) If an incorrect answer is detected, the correct answer cannot be confirmed immediately. It can be controlled so that the correct answer can be confirmed only after retrying the problem at least three times.
즉, 제어부(미도시)는 디스플레이부(미도시) 상에 표시된 화면의 표시(화면 표시)를 제어할 수 있다. 제어부(미도시)는 제공부(11)에 의해 제공되는 오늘의 문제 및/또는 복습 제어부(12)에 의해 제공되는 복습문제의 화면 표시를 제어할 수 있다.That is, the control unit (not shown) can control the display (screen display) of the screen displayed on the display unit (not shown). The control unit (not shown) may control the screen display of today's problem provided by the providing unit 11 and/or the review problem provided by the review control unit 12.
이때, 제어부(미도시)는 문제 풀기 과정 및 복습하기 과정에서 사용자가 오답일 경우, 바로 정답을 확인할 수 없고, 최소 3번의 문제 풀이를 재시도했을 때 정답 확인이 가능하도록 제어할 수 있다. 이러한 본 장치(10)는 사용자의 학습 능률 향상을 유도할 수 있다. 이처럼, '최소 3번의 재시도 후 정답 확인이 가능하도록 하는 특징'은 일예로 본 앱의 제2 특징이라 지칭될 수 있다. 이러한 제2 특징에 의하면, 본 장치(10)는 사용자가 충분한 사고의 과정없이 정답을 확인하는 경우를 방지하도록 할 수 있는바, 이를 통해 효과적으로 학습 능률 향상을 유도할 수 있다.At this time, the control unit (not shown) can control so that if the user answers incorrectly during the problem solving and reviewing process, the correct answer cannot be confirmed immediately, and the correct answer can be confirmed after retrying the problem at least three times. This device 10 can improve the user's learning efficiency. In this way, the 'feature that allows confirmation of the correct answer after at least three retries' can be referred to as the second feature of this app, as an example. According to this second feature, the device 10 can prevent the user from checking the correct answer without sufficient thinking, thereby effectively improving learning efficiency.
다시 말해, 제어부(미도시)는, 제공부(11)가 제공한 어느 한 문제(일예로 Q2 문제)에 대하여 사용자가 학습을 수행(문제 풀이를 수행)함에 있어서, 상술한 4단계의 과정 중 문제 풀기 과정(1단계)에서 사용자가 오답을 작성한 경우, 바로 정답 확인 과정(2단계)이 가능하도록 하는 것이 아니라, 오답을 작성한 Q2 문제에 대하여 최소 3번 이상 다시 풀 수 있는 재풀이 기회(즉, 3회 이상의 재풀이 기회)를 제공할 수 있다.In other words, the control unit (not shown) performs learning (problem solving) on a problem provided by the providing unit 11 (for example, the Q2 problem) during the four-step process described above. If the user writes an incorrect answer during the problem-solving process (step 1), the correct answer confirmation process (step 2) is not immediately possible, but rather a re-solving opportunity is provided to solve the Q2 problem with an incorrect answer at least three times (i.e. , 3 or more replay opportunities) can be provided.
이에 따라, 제어부(미도시)는 사용자가 처음 오늘의 문제에서 제공된 Q2 문제를 풀어 틀렸을 때(즉, 문제 풀기 과정인 1단계에서 틀렸을 때), 이후 2회의 재풀이를 수행했으나 여전히 오답이고 이때 정답 확인 요청을 한 경우, 최소 3회 이상의 재풀이가 이루어지지 않음에 따라 정답 확인이 불가능하도록 제어(즉, 정답 확인 과정인 제2 단계가 수행 불가능하도록 제어)할 수 있다. 반면, 제어부(미도시)는 일예로 사용자가 제공된 Q2 문제를 풀어 틀렸을 때, 이후 3회(혹은 4회 등)의 재풀이를 수행했으나 여전히 오답이고 이때 정답 확인 요청을 한 경우, 정답 확인이 가능하도록 제어(즉, 정답 확인 과정인 제2 단계가 수행 가능하도록 제어)할 수 있다. 즉, 본 장치(10)는 주어진 문제에 대하여 사용자가 문제를 풀어 오답일 때, 바로 정답 확인이 가능하도록 하는 것이 아니라, 최소 3 번 이상 재풀이를 한 경우에 한하여 정답 확인이 가능하도록 함으로써, 충분한 사고의 과정없이 정답을 확인하는 경우를 방지하여 학습 능률 향상을 유도할 수 있다.Accordingly, when the user first solves the Q2 problem provided in Today's Problem and gets it wrong (i.e., gets it wrong in step 1 of the problem-solving process), the control unit (not shown) performs two re-answers, but the answer is still wrong, and at this time, the correct answer is given. When a request for confirmation is made, control can be made so that confirmation of the correct answer is not possible as at least three replays are not performed (i.e., control is made so that the second step, which is the process of confirming the correct answer, cannot be performed). On the other hand, the control unit (not shown) can confirm the correct answer, for example, when the user solves the provided Q2 problem and gets it wrong, and then re-answers it 3 (or 4, etc.) times, but the answer is still wrong and a request is made to confirm the correct answer. It can be controlled so that the second step, which is the correct answer confirmation process, can be performed. In other words, the device 10 does not allow the user to immediately check the correct answer when the user solves a given problem and gets an incorrect answer, but allows the user to check the correct answer only after resolving the problem at least three times, thereby ensuring sufficient accuracy. It can lead to improved learning efficiency by preventing cases of checking the correct answer without thinking.
상술한 설명에서는, 일예로 문제 풀기 과정(1단계)에서 사용자가 오답을 작성한 경우일 때, 최소 3번 이상의 재풀이 기회의 제공 후 정답 확인이 가능한 것으로 예시하였으나, 이에만 한정되는 것은 아니다. 제어부(미도시)는 문제 풀기 과정(1단계) 뿐만 아니라, 복습하기 과정(3단계)에서도 사용자가 오답을 작성한 경우일 때 최소 3번 이상의 재풀이 기회의 제공 후 정답 확인이 가능하도록 할 수 있다. 즉, 제어부(미도시)는 주어진 문제(복수개의 문제 중 어느 한 문제)를 사용자가 풀이함에 있어서, 문제 풀기 과정(1단계) 및 복습하기 과정(3단계)에서 사용자가 오답일 때, 바로 정답을 확인할 수 없고, 최소 3번의 재풀이 시도 후 정답 확인이 가능하도록 할 수 있다.In the above description, as an example, when the user writes an incorrect answer in the problem-solving process (step 1), it is exemplified that the correct answer can be confirmed after providing at least three opportunities to re-answer, but the problem is not limited to this. The control unit (not shown) can enable the user to check the correct answer after providing at least three re-answer opportunities in the problem-solving process (step 1) as well as the reviewing process (step 3) when the user writes an incorrect answer. . In other words, when the user solves a given problem (one of a plurality of problems) and the user answers incorrectly in the problem solving process (step 1) and the review process (step 3), the control unit (not shown) immediately provides the correct answer. cannot be confirmed, the correct answer can be confirmed after at least 3 replay attempts.
한편, 복습 제어부(12)는 제공부(11)에서 제공된 오늘의 문제 내 복수개의 문제 중 사용자에 의해 학습이 완료된 것으로 확인된 학습완료 문제의 경우, 재학습 및 복습이 가능하도록 기 설정된 복습기간 정보를 부여하고, 학습완료 문제에 대응하는 복습문제를 기 설정된 복습기간 정보 내 복습주기에 맞추어 반복 제공할 수 있다. 여기서, 기 설정된 복습기간 정보에 대한 설명은 도 6을 참조하여 보다 쉽게 이해될 수 있다.Meanwhile, the review control unit 12 provides preset review period information to enable re-study and review in the case of a study-completed problem that has been confirmed to have been completed by the user among the plurality of problems in today's problem provided by the provision unit 11. can be given, and review problems corresponding to study completion problems can be provided repeatedly according to the review cycle within the preset review period information. Here, the description of the preset review period information can be more easily understood with reference to FIG. 6.
도 6을 참조하면, 기 설정된 복습기간 정보는 학습완료 문제에 대하여 해당 문제에 대한 복습이 이루어지는 주기(복습 주기)를 설정해 둔 정보를 의미할 수 있다. 복습 주기는 복수개의 복습일을 대상으로 설정되는 복수개의 복습일 간의 주기(기간, 간격)에 관한 정보를 의미할 수 있다. 기 설정된 복습기간 정보는, 복수개의 복습일(복습날짜), 복습 횟수(즉, 복습일의 개수) 및 복습 주기(복습일 간의 간격 정보)를 포함할 수 있다. 기 설정된 복습기간 정보 내 복습 주기는, 학습완료 문제가 복습문제로서 제공되는 날짜(복습일)의 주기 정보를 의미할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 6, the preset review period information may mean information that sets a period (review period) during which a review of a problem that has been completed has been reviewed. The review cycle may refer to information about the cycle (period, interval) between a plurality of review days set for a plurality of review days. The preset review period information may include a plurality of review days (review dates), number of review times (i.e., number of review days), and review cycle (interval information between review days). The review cycle in the preset review period information may mean cycle information of the date (review date) on which the study completion problem is provided as a review problem.
예시적으로, 기 설정된 복습기간 정보는, 학습완료 문제에 대하여 해당 문제가 학습완료된 날(학습일, 학습완료일)로부터 'D+1, D+3, D+7, D+15, D+30, D+60, D+120, D+210, D+365, D+600, D+1000'와 같이 설정될 수 있다. 이와 같은 복습기간 정보의 설정 값은 본원에서 기본 설정 값이라 지칭될 수 있다.As an example, the pre-set review period information is 'D+1, D+3, D+7, D+15, D+30' from the day the problem was studied (learning date, learning completion date) for a study completion problem. , D+60, D+120, D+210, D+365, D+600, D+1000'. This setting value of review period information may be referred to herein as a default setting value.
본 장치(10)에 의해 제공되는 문제들(오늘의 문제 내 복수개의 문제 각각, 혹은 복습문제 등) 각각에는 기본적으로 복습기간 정보로서 기본 설정 값이 부여(설정)될 수 있으나, 이에만 한정되는 것은 아니다. 본 장치(10)에 의해 제공되는 문제들 각각에는 복습기간의 정보로서, i) 후술하여 설명하는 본 앱의 제6 특징과 같이 사용자 스스로에 의해 변경/설정된 복습기간 정보 부여(설정)되거나, ii) 후술하여 설명하는 본 앱의 제4 특징과 같이 복습문제의 복습미완료 여부에 따라 변경된 복습기간 정보가 적용되거나, 혹은 iii) 후술하여 설명하는 본 앱의 제8 특징과 같이 복습문제의 정답 여부에 따라 변경된 복습기간 정보가 적용될 수 있다.Each of the problems provided by the device 10 (each of a plurality of problems in today's problem, review problems, etc.) may be given (set) a default setting value as review period information, but is limited to this. That is not the case. Each of the problems provided by the device 10 includes review period information, i) provided (set) with review period information changed/set by the user himself, as in the sixth feature of this app, which will be described later, or ii) ) As in the 4th feature of this app explained later, the changed review period information is applied depending on whether or not the review problem has not been completed, or iii) as in the 8th feature of this app explained later, the changed review period information is applied depending on whether the review question is correct or not. Changed review period information may be applied accordingly.
일예로, 기 설정된 복습기간 정보(기본 설정 값) 내 복수개의 복습일은 제1 복습일(즉, 1일째, D+1), 제2 복습일(즉, 3일째, D+3), 제3 복습일(즉, 7일째, D+7) 등을 의미하고, 복습일의 개수는 11개로 설정되어 있음을 확인할 수 있다. 또한, 기 설정된 복습기간 정보에서 복습주기는 '2(즉, 제1 복습일과 제2 복습일 간의 차이인 2일), 4(즉, 제2 복습일과 제3 복습일 간의 차이인 4일), 8, 15, 30, 60, 90, 155, 235, 400(즉, 제10 복습일과 제11 복습일 간의 차이인 400일)'로 설정되어 있음을 확인할 수 있다.As an example, the plurality of review days in the preset review period information (default setting value) are the first review day (i.e., day 1, D+1), the second review day (i.e., day 3, D+3), and the third review day. It means review day (i.e., 7th day, D+7), etc., and you can see that the number of review days is set to 11. In addition, in the preset review period information, the review cycle is '2 (i.e., 2 days, the difference between the first and second review days), 4 (i.e., 4 days, the difference between the second and third review days), You can see that it is set to 8, 15, 30, 60, 90, 155, 235, 400 (i.e., 400 days, which is the difference between the 10th and 11th review days).
이에 따르면, 복습 제어부(12)는 오늘의 문제 내 어느 한 문제가 학습완료 문제로 확인된 경우, 학습완료 문제에 대응하는 복습문제를(즉, 학습완료문제와 동일한 문제를 복습문제로서) 기 설정된 복습기간 정보 내 복습 주기에 맞추어 기 설정된 복습기간 정보 내 복수개의 복습일마다 반복적으로 제공할 수 있다. According to this, when a problem in today's problem is confirmed as a study completed problem, the review control unit 12 creates a review problem corresponding to the study completed problem (i.e., the same problem as the study completed problem as a review problem) as a preset problem. Review period information can be provided repeatedly for multiple review days within the preset review period information in accordance with the review cycle within the review period information.
일예로, 5월 1일(일예로 학습 1일차) 8시에 제공된 Q1 문제(1일차 Q1)가 학습완료 문제인 것으로 확인(판단)되었다고 하자. 이러한 경우, 복습 제어부(12)는 '1일차 학습완료 문제인 Q1 문제'에 대응하는 복습 문제를, 기 설정된 복습기간 정보 내 복습주기에 맞추어, 2일차(D+1) 때, 4일차(D+3) 때, 8일차(D+7) 때, 16일차(D+15) 때, …, 1001일차(D+1000) 때에 제공할 수 있다. For example, let's say that question Q1 (day 1 Q1) provided at 8 o'clock on May 1st (eg, day 1 of study) was confirmed (judged) to be a study completion question. In this case, the review control unit 12 adjusts the review problem corresponding to the 'Q1 problem, which is a problem completed on day 1', to the review cycle within the preset review period information on the 2nd day (D+1) and on the 4th day (D+). 3) When, on the 8th day (D+7), on the 16th day (D+15), … , can be provided on the 1001st day (D+1000).
다른 예로, 5월 3일(일예로 학습 3일차/3일째) 8시에 제공된 Q1 문제(3일차 Q1)가 학습완료 문제인 것으로 확인되었다고 하자. 이러한 경우, 복습 제어부(12)는 '3일차에 학습완료 문제인 Q1 문제'를, 4일째(D+1), 6일째(D+3), 10일째(D+7), 18일째(D+15), 33일째(D+30), 63일째(D+60), 123일째(D+120), 213일째(D+210), 368일째(D+365), 603일째(D+600), 1003일째(D+1000)에 복습문제로 제공할 수 있다.As another example, let's say that the Q1 problem (3rd day Q1) provided at 8 o'clock on May 3 (for example, the 3rd day/3rd day of study) was confirmed to be a study completion problem. In this case, the review control unit 12 selects ‘Q1 problem, which is a study completion problem on the 3rd day,’ on the 4th day (D+1), 6th day (D+3), 10th day (D+7), and 18th day (D+ 15), Day 33 (D+30), Day 63 (D+60), Day 123 (D+120), Day 213 (D+210), Day 368 (D+365), Day 603 (D+600) , can be provided as a review problem on day 1003 (D+1000).
본 장치(10)에서 학습완료 문제에 부여되는 기 설정된 복습기간 정보는, 앞서 말한 바와 같이 일예로 기본 설정 값이 학습완료 문제의 학습완료된 날(학습일, 학습완료일)로부터 'D+1, D+3, D+7, D+15, D+30, D+60, D+120, D+210, D+365, D+600, D+1000'와 같이 설정될 수 있다. 이러한 기 설정된 복습기간 정보(즉, 학습완료 문제에 부여되는 복습기간 정보)는 기억의 망각곡선(즉, 에빙하우스의 망각곡선)을 상쇄시키는 복습주기를 가지도록 설정될 수 있으며, 이는 도 7을 참조하여 보다 쉽게 이해될 수 있다.As mentioned above, the preset review period information given to the study completion problem in this device 10 is, for example, the default setting value is 'D+1, D' from the study completion date (learning date, study completion date) of the study completion problem. It can be set as follows: +3, D+7, D+15, D+30, D+60, D+120, D+210, D+365, D+600, D+1000. This preset review period information (i.e., review period information given to completed learning problems) can be set to have a review cycle that offsets the forgetting curve of memory (i.e., Ebbinghaus' forgetting curve), which is shown in Figure 7 It can be more easily understood by reference.
도 7을 참조하면, 우선 에빙하우스 곡선(에빙하우스 망각곡선)은, 에빙하우스(H. Ebbinghaus)가 기억 혹은 망각에 대해 연구하여 시간경과에 따라 나타나는 일반적인 망각 경향을 그래프로 제시한 것을 의미한다. Referring to Figure 7, first of all, the Ebbinghaus curve (Ebbinghaus forgetting curve) means that H. Ebbinghaus studied memory or forgetting and presented a graph of the general forgetting tendency that appears over time.
에빙하우스 곡선은 기억연구에서 선구적이자 고전적인 결과물로 여겨진다. 에빙하우스는 망각연구를 위해 무의미 철자를 고안하였다. 즉, 일반 단어 혹은 의미가 있는 철자는 이미 기억 속에 있어 연구에 영향을 줄 수 있으므로, 어느 누구에게나 동일하게 적용되고 기억에 대한 영향을 최소화할 수 있도록 영어의 자음과 모음을 무작위로 배열한 단어(예를 들어, VAQ, MHI)를 고안하였다. 이러한 일련의 무의미 철자를 실험참여자에게 완전하게 학습시킨 다음 시간경과에 따라 망각량을 측정하여 도표로 작성하였다. 이 도표를 에빙하우스 망각곡선 또는 에빙하우스 곡선이라고 한다. The Ebbinghaus curve is considered a pioneering and classic result in memory research. Ebbinghaus devised a nonsense spelling to study forgetting. In other words, since common words or meaningful spellings are already in memory and can influence research, words (words with randomly arranged English consonants and vowels can be applied equally to everyone and minimize the impact on memory). For example, VAQ, MHI) were designed. After completely learning this series of meaningless letters to the experimental participants, the amount of forgetting was measured over time and created in a chart. This diagram is called the Ebbinghaus forgetting curve or Ebbinghaus curve.
에빙하우스 망각곡선에 따르면, 학습 바로 직후에 망각이 매우 급격하게 일어나며, 특히 학습 직후 20분 내에 41.8%가 망각되는 것으로 나타난다. 즉, 학습 직후에 망각이 가장 빨리 일어나는 것으로 나타났다. 이러한 결과에 의하면, 학습된 내용을 오래도록 기억하기 위해서는 반복학습과 시간 간격을 두고 규칙적으로 여러 번 수행하는 분산학습이 매우 효과적임을 결론낼 수 있다.According to the Ebbinghaus forgetting curve, forgetting occurs very rapidly immediately after learning, and in particular, 41.8% is forgotten within 20 minutes immediately after learning. In other words, forgetting occurred most quickly immediately after learning. According to these results, it can be concluded that repetitive learning and distributed learning performed several times regularly at intervals are very effective in order to remember the learned content for a long time.
이에 복습 제어부(12)는 학습완료 문제의 복습을 위해 학습완료 문제에 부여되는 '기 설정된 복습기간 정보'를 시간이 경과할수록 복습주기(복습기간 정보 내 복습일 간의 간격)가 늘어나는 구조를 가지도록 설정할 수 있다.Accordingly, in order to review completed learning problems, the review control unit 12 uses the 'preset review period information' given to completed learning problems to have a structure in which the review period (interval between review days within the review period information) increases as time passes. You can set it.
본 장치(10)에서 고려되는 '기 설정된 복습기간 정보'는 시간이 경과될수록 복습주기(복습과 복습 사이의 간격)이 늘어나는 구조로 설정될 수 있다. 달리 표현해, 기 설정된 복습기간 정보는 시간이 경과함에 따라 누적된 반복횟수가 증가하는 속도가 내려가는 형태의 구조로 설정(즉, 시간이 경과함에 따라 반복되는 복습일의 복습 횟수를 누적시킨 누적 반복 횟수 값의 증가 속도가 점차 감소되는 형태의 구조로 설정)될 수 있다. 본 장치(10)는 이렇게 설정된 복습기간 정보의 복습주기로 사용자가 학습완료 문제에 대한 복습(복습문제의 풀이)을 규칙적이고 반복적으로 수행할 수 있도록 제공할 수 있는바, 학습완료 문제에 대한 복습(복습문제의 풀이)이 에빙하우스의 망각곡선을 상쇄하도록 복습이 진행되도록 제공할 수 있다.The 'preset review period information' considered in the device 10 may be set in a structure in which the review period (interval between reviews) increases as time passes. In other words, the pre-set review period information is set in a structure in which the rate at which the accumulated number of repetitions increases decreases as time passes (i.e., the cumulative number of repetitions that accumulates the number of review times for review days that are repeated over time) It can be set in a structure where the rate of increase in value gradually decreases. This device 10 can provide the user with a review cycle of the review period information set in this way so that the user can regularly and repeatedly perform a review (solution of the review problem) of the study completed problem. The solution to the review problem) can be provided so that the review progresses to offset Ebbinghaus' forgetting curve.
도 7에서 '저기영 반복곡선'은 본 장치(10)에 의해 제공되는 언어 학습/복습 방식(즉, 기 설정된 복습기간 정보의 복습주기로 복습문제를 제공하는 방식)으로 복습을 수행했을 때, 시간이 경과함에 따른 기억량(혹은 망각 경향)의 그래프 형태를 나타낸다. 도 7의 그래프에서, 가로축은 시간 경과를 나타내고, 세로축은 기억량 내지 반복횟수(특히, 반복 횟수를 누적시킨 누적 반복 횟수)의 변화 정보를 나타낸다. 이에 따르면, 일반적인 학습은 에빙하우스 망각곡선에 나타난 것과 같이 시간이 경과함에 따라 학습한 내용에 대한 기억 유지 수준이 감소되는 경향으로 나타나는 반면, 본 장치(10)에 의한 복습 방식으로 언어학습을 수행하면 시간이 경과함에 따라 반복횟수(복습횟수)는 누적되고, 이에 따라 기억을 유지하는 기간도 증가하게 되는데 이에 맞추어서 반복주기(복습주기)가 늘어나므로 최소한의 반복(복습)으로도 기억 유지 수준이 감소하지 않고 유지되는 최고의 기억 효율성이 나타남을 확인할 수 있다.In FIG. 7, the 'Jeo Ki-young repetition curve' shows the time when review is performed using the language learning/review method provided by the device 10 (i.e., a method of providing review problems with a review cycle of preset review period information). It shows the amount of memory (or tendency to forget) in the form of a graph as it passes. In the graph of FIG. 7, the horizontal axis represents the passage of time, and the vertical axis represents change information in memory amount or number of repetitions (in particular, the cumulative number of repetitions accumulated by the number of repetitions). According to this, while general learning tends to decrease the level of memory retention for learned content over time, as shown in the Ebbinghaus forgetting curve, when language learning is performed using the review method using this device (10), As time passes, the number of repetitions (number of reviews) accumulates, and the period of memory retention increases accordingly. As the repetition cycle (review cycle) increases accordingly, the level of memory retention decreases even with minimal repetition (review). It can be seen that the highest memory efficiency is maintained without doing so.
본 장치(10)는 학습완료 문제에 대한 복습이 매일 이루어지도록 하는 구조가 아닌, 시간이 경과할수록 복습주기가 점차 증가하는 구조로 설정된 기 설정된 복습기간 정보의 복습주기에 맞추어 복습이 규칙적이고 반복적으로 이루어지도록 제공할 수 있다. 특정 문제에 대한 복습을 매일매일 수행하는 것(즉, 매일 복습하는 것)은 학습자로 하여금 쉽게 지치게 하고, 기억에 도움되는 측면(즉, 기억력 유지 측면)에서 보았을 때 효율성이 매우 낮다고 할 수 있다. 이러한 문제를 해소하고자, 본 장치(10)는 기억이 상실되는 패턴에 맞추어서(에빙하우스의 망각곡선의 그 형태에 맞추어서) 기 설정된 복습기간 정보의 복습주기로 반복학습이 이루어지도록 함으로써, 매일 반복이 아닌 최소한의 반복으로 최고의 기억 효율성을 가지도록 학습/복습이 이루어지도록 할 수 있다.This device (10) does not have a structure that allows review of study completed problems to be done every day, but a structure in which the review cycle gradually increases as time passes, so that review is conducted regularly and repeatedly in accordance with the review cycle of the preset review period information. It can be provided to make it happen. Reviewing a specific problem every day (i.e. reviewing it every day) can easily tire a learner and is very inefficient in terms of helping memory (i.e. maintaining memory). In order to solve this problem, the present device 10 allows repeated learning to occur at a review cycle of information during a preset review period according to the pattern of memory loss (according to the shape of Ebbinghaus' forgetting curve), rather than repeating every day. Learning/review can be done to achieve the highest memory efficiency with minimal repetition.
이처럼, 기 설정된 복습기간 정보는 복습주기(복습일 간의 간격)가 시간이 경과할수록 그 주기의 간격이 증가하는 형태의 구조로 설정될 수 있다. 즉, 기 설정된 복습기간 정보의 기본 설정 값에 의하면, 해당 기 설정된 복습기간 정보 내 복습주기가 '2, 4, 8, 15, 30, 60, 90, 155, 235, 400'와 같으므로, 복습주기가 시간이 경과할수록(뒤로갈수록) 그 주기 간격이 증가하는 형태로 설정되어 있음을 확인할 수 있다.In this way, the preset review period information may be set in a structure in which the review cycle (interval between review days) increases as time passes. In other words, according to the default setting value of the preset review period information, the review period within the preset review period information is equal to '2, 4, 8, 15, 30, 60, 90, 155, 235, 400', so review You can see that the cycle interval is set to increase as time passes (goes backwards).
이에 따르면, 후술하는 본 앱의 제6 특징에 의하면, 본 장치(10)에서는 사용자가 사용자 스스로의 판단 하에 각 문제(특정 문제)에 부여되는 복습기간 정보(기 설정된 복습기간 정보)의 설정 값을 자유롭게 변경/설정 가능하도록 제공할 수 있다. 이때, 복습 제어부(12)는 사용자가 각 문제에 부여되는 복습기간 정보의 설정 값을 변경하려 할 때, 복습기간 정보 내 복수개의 복습일에 대한 복습주기(특히, 연속하는 두개의 복습일 간의 간격)와 관련하여 상대적으로 후측에 위치하는 후측 복습주기가 앞측에 위치하는 앞측 복습주기보다 더 짧은 주기(간격)로 설정(변경)하는 것이 불가능하도록 제어할 수 있다. 즉, 복습 제어부(12)는 사용자가 학습완료 문제 또는 복습문제에 대한 복습기간 정보의 설정 값 변경시, 뒤쪽의 복습주기가 앞쪽의 복습주기보다 짧은 주기로 설정하는 변경이 불가하도록 제어할 수 있다.According to this, according to the sixth feature of this app, which will be described later, in this device 10, the user sets the value of the review period information (preset review period information) assigned to each problem (specific problem) at the user's own discretion. It can be provided to be freely changed/configurable. At this time, when the user tries to change the setting value of the review period information given to each problem, the review control unit 12 sets the review period for a plurality of review days in the review period information (in particular, the interval between two consecutive review days). ), it can be controlled so that it is impossible to set (change) the rear review cycle, which is located relatively in the rear, to a shorter cycle (interval) than the front review cycle, which is located in the front. In other words, the review control unit 12 can control so that when the user changes the setting value of the review period information for a study completion problem or a review problem, the later review cycle is set to a shorter cycle than the front review cycle.
예시적으로, 복습 제어부(12)는 사용자가 특정 문제(학습완료 문제 또는 복습문제들 중 어느 한 문제)에 대한 복습기간 정보의 설정 값을 'D+1, D+3, D+7, D+10, D+15, …'와 같이 변경(설정)하는 것이 불가하도록 제어할 수 있다. 여기서, 후측 복습주기는 3일(즉, D+7과 D+10 간의 간격 차이가 3일)이고, 앞측 복습주기는 4일(즉, D+3 과 D+7 간의 간격 차이가 4일)이므로, 후측 복습주기가 앞측 복습주기보다 더 짧다고 할 수 있으므로, 본 장치(10)에서 이와 같은 복습주기로는 설정이 불가능할 수 있다. 이처럼, 본 장치(10)는 기 설정된 복습기간 정보의 설정 값을 앞측 대비 후측으로 갈수록 그 복습주기가 더 길어지도록 설정(즉, 앞측의 복습주기보다 후측의 복습주기가 길어지도록 설정)함으로써, 기억이 흐려질때 쯤 반복 학습(복습)이 가능하도록, 즉 최소한의 반복으로 최고의 기억 효율성을 가지도록 반복 학습(복습)이 이루어져서 가장 효과적인 언어학습이 가능하도록 할 수 있다.By way of example, the review control unit 12 allows the user to set the review period information for a specific problem (one of the study completion problems or review problems) to 'D+1, D+3, D+7, D. +10, D+15, … 'You can control it so that it cannot be changed (set). Here, the posterior review cycle is 3 days (i.e., the gap between D+7 and D+10 is 3 days), and the front review cycle is 4 days (i.e., the gap between D+3 and D+7 is 4 days). Therefore, since the rear review cycle can be said to be shorter than the front review cycle, it may not be possible to set this review cycle in the device 10. In this way, the device 10 sets the setting value of the preset review period information so that the review period becomes longer toward the rear compared to the front (i.e., the review period on the rear side is set to be longer than the review cycle on the front side), thereby storing the memory. When this becomes blurred, repeated learning (review) is possible, that is, repeated learning (review) can be done to achieve the highest memory efficiency with minimal repetition, thereby enabling the most effective language learning.
이때, 복습 제어부(12)는 학습완료 문제(일예로 '1일차 학습완료 문제인 Q1 문제')에 대한 복습문제를 기 설정된 복습기간 정보 내 복습주기에 맞추어 제공할 때, 학습완료 문제가 오늘의 문제 내에서 몇번째 문제에 해당하는지의 정보(번째 정보)를 고려하여(즉, 첫번째 문제인 Q1, 두번째 문제인 Q2 및 세번째 문제인 Q3 중 몇번째 문제에 해당하는지의 정보를 고려하여), 복습주기 내 복습일에 제공되는 오늘의 문제(해당 복습일에 제공되는 오늘의 문제) 중 전술한 학습완료 문제의 번째 정보와 동일 번째에 해당하는 문제(즉, 해당 복습일에 제공되는 오늘의 문제 중 Q1 문제)보다 앞서서 그 이전에 복습문제가 제공되도록 할 수 있다.At this time, when the review control unit 12 provides a review problem for a study completion problem (for example, 'Q1 problem, which is a problem completed on day 1') according to the review cycle within the preset review period information, the study completion problem is selected as today's problem. Review date within the review cycle, taking into account information (i.e., information on which question it corresponds to among Q1, the first problem, Q2, the second problem, and Q3, the third problem). Among today's problems provided on the relevant review day (i.e., Q1 problem among today's problems provided on the relevant review day) that corresponds to the same information as the above-mentioned study completion problem, You can provide review questions ahead of time.
달리 표현해, 복습 제어부(12)는 매일 반복 제공되는 오늘의 문제 내 복수개의 문제 각각에 대하여, 각 문제가 학습완료 문제인지 여부에 따라, 학습완료 문제로 인식된 문제 각각에 대하여 개별적으로(독립적으로) 기 설정된 복습기간 정보를 부여할 수 있다. In other words, the review control unit 12 individually (independently) for each of the plurality of problems in the problem of the day provided repeatedly every day, depending on whether each problem is a completed problem or not, and for each problem recognized as a completed problem. ) Preset review period information can be given.
일예로 복습 제어부(12)는 Q1문제를 학습완료하면 추후에 복습될 때에도 오늘의 문제 Q1에 앞서서 학습완료된 Q1 문제의 복습문제가 제공되도록 할 수 있다. 마찬가지로, 복습 제어부(12)는 Q2문제가 학습완료되어 추후 학습완료된 Q2 문제의 복습문제를 제공할 때, 복습문제가 제공되는 해당 날짜(복수개의 복습일 중 어느 한 복습일)에 제공부(11)에 의해 제공되는 오늘의 문제 중 Q2가 제공되기 이전에, 오늘의 문제의 Q2 문제 보다 그 이전에 복습문제(학습완료된 Q2 문제의 복습문제)가 제공되도록 할 수 있다.For example, when the review control unit 12 completes learning of Q1 problem, it can provide review problems of the Q1 problem that has been studied prior to today's problem Q1 even when it is reviewed later. Likewise, when the Q2 problem is completed and a review problem of the Q2 problem for which the learning has been completed is provided later, the review control unit 12 is provided by the provision unit 11 on the date on which the review problem is provided (one review day among a plurality of review days). Before Q2 of today's problems provided by ), review problems (review problems of Q2 problems that have been studied) can be provided before Q2 of today's problems.
이에 따르면, 본 장치(10)는 오늘의 문제를 제공할 때 복습문제가 존재하는 경우, 복습문제를 우선 제공한 후 이후 오늘의 문제가 제공되도록 할 수 있다. 본 장치(10)는 매일 오늘의 문제를 제공함에 있어서 제공되어야 하는 복습문제가 적어도 하나 기 존재하는 경우, 기 존재하는 복습문제를 우선 제공해 먼저 사용자가 풀도록 한 후, 복습문제를 모두 푼 경우에 한하여 그날의 오늘의 문제를 제공할 수 있다.According to this, when providing today's problem, if a review problem exists, the device 10 may provide the review problem first and then provide today's problem later. When providing today's problem every day, if at least one review problem to be provided already exists, the device 10 first provides the existing review problem so that the user solves it first, and then solves all the review problems. As long as it is possible to provide the problem of the day.
다시 말해, 제공부(11)는 매일 오늘의 문제를 제공함에 있어서 당일 오늘의 문제의 제공시, 당일(하루하루마다 중 어느 한 날) 복습 제어부(12)에 의해 제공되는 복습문제가 존재하는 경우, 당일 제공되는 복습문제의 제공 이후에 당일 오늘의 문제를 제공할 수 있다. 제공부(11)는 당일 오늘의 문제의 제공시, 당일 제공되는 복습문제가 적어도 하나 존재하는 경우, 당일 제공되는 적어도 하나의 복습문제를 사용자가 복습완료한 것으로 확인된 경우에 한하여 당일 오늘의 문제를 제공할 수 있다.In other words, when providing today's problem every day, the provision unit 11 provides the problem of the day, if there is a review problem provided by the review control unit 12 on that day (one day of each day). , Today's problems can be provided on the same day after the review problems provided on the same day. When providing today's problem on the same day, if there is at least one review problem provided on that day, the provision unit 11 provides today's problem only if it is confirmed that the user has completed reviewing at least one review problem provided on that day. can be provided.
특히 제공부(11)는 당일 복습 제어부(12)에 의해 제공되는 복습문제가 복수개 존재하는 경우, 당일 제공되는 복수개의 복습문제를 사용자가 모두 복습완료했는지 여부를 확인(즉, 당일 제공된 복수개의 복습문제에 대한 사용자의 복습완료 여부를 확인)하고, 당일 제공되는 복수개의 복습문제를 사용자가 모두 복습완료한 것으로 확인된 경우에 한하여, 당일의 오늘의 문제를 제공할 수 있다. 이때, 제공부(11)는 당일의 오늘의 문제를 제공하기 이전에, 당일 제공되는 복습문제가 복수개 존재하는 경우 복수개의 복습문제 중 가장 오래전에 학습완료된 문제부터 순차적으로(차례대로) 복수개의 복습문제를 제공한 이후 당일의 오늘의 문제를 제공할 수 있다. 이에 따르면, 본 장치(10)는 사용자가 복습문제(과거에 학습완료한 적어도 하나의 학습완료 문제에 대응하는 복습문제)를 모두 복습완료한 경우에 한하여 당일의 오늘의 문제를 제공할 수 있다. 본 장치(10)는 사용자가 복습문제를 모두 풀어야만 당일의 오늘의 문제를 풀 수 있도록 할 수 있다.In particular, if there are a plurality of review problems provided by the review control unit 12 on the same day, the provision unit 11 checks whether the user has completed reviewing all of the plurality of review problems provided on that day (i.e., whether the user has completed reviewing all of the plurality of review problems provided on that day) (check whether the user has completed reviewing the problem), and only if it is confirmed that the user has completed reviewing all of the multiple review problems provided on that day, today's problem of the day can be provided. At this time, before providing the problem of the day, if there are a plurality of review problems provided on that day, the provision unit 11 sequentially (sequentially) reviews the plurality of review problems, starting with the problem that was studied the oldest among the plurality of review problems. After providing the problem, you can provide the problem of the day for that day. According to this, the device 10 can provide today's problem of the day only when the user has completed reviewing all review problems (review problems corresponding to at least one study completed in the past). This device 10 can enable the user to solve today's problem of the day only after solving all the review problems.
제공부(11)는 기 설정된 복습기간 정보 내 복습주기에 맞추어 제공되는 복습문제(학습완료 문제에 대응하는 복습문제)를 사용자가 복습완료 했는지 여부를 판단할 때(즉, 복습문제에 대한 복습완료 여부를 판단할 때), 도 3에 도시된 것과 같이, 제공된 복습문제에 대하여 사용자에 의해 '복습하기 과정(1단계) 및 정답 확인 과정(2단계)'이 이루어진 경우에 한하여, 제공된 복습문제가 복습완료된 것으로 판단할 수 있다. 즉, 본원에서 복습문제에 대한 복습완료라 함은 '도 3의 (a)와 같이 복습문제를 제공하여 복습문제의 풀이를 수행하도록 하는 복습하기 과정(1단계)을 수행하고, 이후 도 3의 (b)와 같이 복습문제의 풀이에 대한 정답을 확인하는 정답 확인 과정(2단계)'를 포함하여 총 2단계(1단계와 2단계)의 과정을 모두 수행완료한 경우를 의미할 수 있다.The provision unit 11 determines whether the user has completed reviewing the review problems (review problems corresponding to the study completion problems) provided according to the review cycle within the preset review period information (i.e., review completion of the review problems). When determining whether or not), as shown in Figure 3, only when the 'review process (step 1) and the correct answer confirmation process (step 2)' are performed by the user for the provided review problem, the provided review problem is It can be judged that the review has been completed. In other words, the completion of review of review problems in this application means 'performing the review process (step 1) of providing a review problem and performing a solution to the review problem as shown in (a) of Figure 3, and then As in (b), this may mean a case where a total of two steps (steps 1 and 2) have been completed, including the correct answer confirmation process (step 2), which checks the correct answer to the review problem.
즉, 본 장치(10)에서 복습 방식은 2단계(복습하기 과정 및 정답 확인 과정)의 과정으로 이루어질 수 있고, 복습문제의 복습이 이루어진 후 오늘의 문제 학습이 이루어지도록 할 수 있다. 본 장치(10)는 복습문제가 여러개이면 가장 오래전에 학습완료된 복습문제부터 가장 최근에 학습완료된 복습문제까지 순차적으로 복습이 이루어지도록 한 후, 그 이후에 사용자가 오늘의 문제를 학습할 수 있도록 문제를 제공할 수 있다.That is, in this device 10, the review method can be comprised of a two-step process (reviewing process and correct answer confirmation process), and learning of today's problem can be done after reviewing the review problem. If there are multiple review problems, the device 10 sequentially reviews the review problems from the most recently completed review problem to the most recently completed review problem, and then allows the user to study today's problem. can be provided.
또한, 제어부(미도시)는 복습 제어부(12)가 제공하는 복습문제(학습완료 문제에 대응하는 복습문제)에 대하여 사용자가 복습을 수행(복습문제의 풀이를 수행)함에 있어서, 복습하기 과정(1단계)에서 사용자가 오답을 작성한 경우, 바로 정답 확인 과정(2단계)이 가능하도록 하는 것이 아니라, 앞서 설명한 오늘의 문제에서의 문제 풀기 과정(1단계)에서 설명한 오답 처리 과정과 마찬가지로, 오답을 작성한 복습문제에 대하여 최소 3번 이상 다시 풀 수 있는 재풀이 기회(즉, 3회 이상의 복습문제 재풀이 기회)를 제공할 수 있다.In addition, the control unit (not shown) performs a review process ( If the user writes an incorrect answer in step 1), the correct answer confirmation process (step 2) is not immediately enabled, but rather, the incorrect answer is checked, similar to the incorrect answer processing process described in the problem-solving process of today's problem (step 1) described above. You can provide opportunities to re-solve the review problems you have written at least three times (i.e., opportunities to re-solve the review problems three or more times).
도 4(즉, 도 4a 와 도 4b)에는 일예로 17일차의 오늘의 문제(당일 오늘의 문제)가 제공되는 과정의 예가 도시되어 있다.Figure 4 (i.e., Figures 4a and 4b) shows an example of a process in which today's problem of the 17th day (that day's problem of the day) is provided.
도 4를 참조하면, 일예로 사용자가 매일매일 제공되는 오늘의 문제(3개의 문제인 Q1, Q2, Q3) 중 특히 제2 문제(Q2)를 모두 학습완료했다고 하자. 이러한 경우, 17일차가 되었을 때, 17일차에 복습해야 하는 복습문제로는 총 4개가 존재함을 확인할 수 있다. 즉, 17일차에 복습 제어부(12)에 의해 제공되는 복습문제로는, 2일차에 학습완료한 Q2문제의 복습문제(즉, Q2_(2일차)_복습), 10일차에 학습완료한 Q2문제의 복습문제(즉, Q2_(10일차)_복습), 14일차에 학습완료한 Q2문제의 복습문제(즉, Q2_(14일차)_복습), 및 16일차에 학습완료한 Q2문제의 복습문제(즉, Q2_(16일차)_복습)를 포함하여, 총 4개가 존재함을 확인할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 4, for example, let's say that the user has completed learning all of today's problems (three problems Q1, Q2, and Q3) provided every day, especially the second problem (Q2). In this case, when the 17th day arrives, you can see that there are a total of 4 review problems that need to be reviewed on the 17th day. That is, the review problems provided by the review control unit 12 on the 17th day include review problems of the Q2 problem that was studied on the 2nd day (i.e., Q2_(2nd day)_review), and Q2 problems that were studied on the 10th day. review questions (i.e., Q2_(10th day)_review), review questions of Q2 questions completed on the 14th day (i.e., Q2_(14th day)_review), and review questions of Q2 questions completed on the 16th day. (i.e., Q2_(Day 16)_Review), it can be confirmed that there are a total of 4.
이러한 경우, 제공부(11)는 도 4a에 도시된 것과 같이, 17일차의 오늘의 문제(즉, Q2_(17일차))를 제공하기 이전에, 4개의 복습문제를 우선 제공한 후 4개의 복습문제를 모두 사용자가 복습완료한 것으로 확인(판단)되었을 때 17일차의 오늘의 문제를 제공할 수 있다. 이때, 제공부(11)는 4개의 복습문제가 제공되도록 함에 있어서, 학습완료일이 오래된 문제를 우선순위로 하여 4개의 복습문제를 순차적으로(차례로) 제공할 수 있다. 즉, 제공부(11)는 '2일차 Q2 복습문제 → 10일차 Q2 복습문제 → 14일차 Q2 복습문제 → 16일차 Q2 복습문제'를 순차적으로 제공한 이후에 17일차의 오늘의 문제를 제공할 수 있다. In this case, as shown in FIG. 4A, the provision unit 11 first provides 4 review problems before providing today's problem of the 17th day (i.e., Q2_(day 17)) and then provides 4 review problems. When it is determined that the user has reviewed all the problems, today's problem for the 17th day can be provided. At this time, in providing the four review problems, the provision unit 11 may provide the four review problems sequentially (one after the other) by prioritizing problems with older study completion dates. In other words, the provision unit 11 can sequentially provide 'Q2 review problems on the 2nd day → Q2 review problems on the 10th day → Q2 review problems on the 14th day → Q2 review problems on the 16th day' and then provide today's problem on the 17th day. there is.
이때, 제공부(11)에 의해 17일차의 오늘의 문제가 제공되기 이전에, 복습 제어부(12)는 4개의 복습문제 각각을 순차적으로 제공함에 있어서, 각 복습문제가 '복습하기 과정(1단계)과 정답 확인 과정(2단계)'을 수행한 것으로 확인되었을 때 해당 복습문제가 복습완료된 것으로 인지하여 다음 복습문제가 제공되도록 할 수 있다. 4개의 복습문제가 모두 복습완료된 것으로 확인되면, 제공부(11)는 17일차의 오늘의 문제 Q2를 제공할 수 있다. 이때, 복습 제어부(12)는 17일차의 오늘의 문제 Q2에 대하여, 상술한 4단계의 과정(즉, 문제 풀기 과정, 정답 확인 과정, 복습하기 과정 및 정답 확인 과정을 포함한 4단계의 과정)이 이루어진 경우, 17일차의 오늘의 문제 Q2를 학습완료 문제로 인식하여 기 설정된 복습기간 정보 내 복습주기에 맞추어 복습문제로 제공되도록 할 수 있다.At this time, before today's problem of the 17th day is provided by the providing unit 11, the review control unit 12 provides each of the four review problems sequentially, so that each review problem is selected through the 'review process (step 1). ) and the correct answer confirmation process (step 2), the review problem can be recognized as completed and the next review problem can be provided. If it is confirmed that all four review problems have been reviewed, the provision unit 11 can provide today's problem Q2 for the 17th day. At this time, the review control unit 12 performs the above-described four-step process (i.e., a four-step process including a problem-solving process, a correct answer confirmation process, a review process, and a correct answer confirmation process) for today's problem Q2 on the 17th day. In this case, today's problem Q2 on the 17th day can be recognized as a study completion problem and provided as a review problem according to the review cycle within the preset review period information.
다시 말해, 오늘의 문제(17일차 Q2)에 앞서서 나오는 복습문제는 일예로 그동안 모든 문제가 누락없이 학습완료되었다는 가정 하에 아래와 같을 수 있다. 우선 17일차 문제이므로 복습되어야 하는 문제는 앞서 말한 바와 같이 총 4개(즉, 2일차 (D-15), 10일차 (D-7), 14일차 (D-3), 16일차 (D-1)의 문제를 포함해 총 4개)일 수 있다. 따라서, 사용자는 이들 4개의 복습문제를 모두 풀어 복습완료를 해야만, 오늘의 문제(17일차 Q2)를 제공받아 문제를 풀 수 있다(학습할 수 있다).In other words, the review problem that comes before today's problem (Day 17, Q2) can be as follows, for example, assuming that all problems have been studied without missing anything. First of all, since this is the 17th day problem, there are a total of 4 problems as mentioned above (i.e., the 2nd day (D-15), the 10th day (D-7), the 14th day (D-3), and the 16th day (D-1). There can be a total of 4) including the problem of ). Therefore, the user must solve and complete the review by solving all four review problems in order to receive today's problem (Q2 of the 17th day) and solve (learn) the problem.
이에 따르면, 본 장치(10)는 금일(복수의 날 중 어느 한 날의 당일)에 복습해야 하는 복습문제가 복수개일 때, 사용자가 복수개의 복습문제 중 가장 오래 전에 학습되었던 문제(즉, 가장 먼저 학습완료되었던 학습완료 문제에 대응하는 복습문제)부터 순차적으로 복습을 수행(복습문제에 대한 문제 풀이를 수행하도록)할 수 있도록, 복수개의 복습문제를 학습완료일 순으로 차례로 제공할 수 있다. 본 장치(10)는 복수개의 복습문제를 모두 풀어야만(즉, 복수개의 복습문제를 모두 복습완료해야만) 사용자가 금일의 오늘의 문제를 학습할 수 있도록(즉, 금일의 오늘의 문제를 풀 수 있도록) 할 수 있다.According to this, when there are a plurality of review problems to be reviewed today (the same day as one of the plurality of days), the device 10 allows the user to study the question that was learned the longest ago (i.e., the first question among the plurality of review problems). A plurality of review problems can be provided sequentially in order of study completion date so that review can be performed sequentially (to perform problem solving for review problems), starting with review problems corresponding to completed learning problems. The device 10 allows the user to learn today's problem (i.e., solve today's problem) only by solving all of the plurality of review problems (i.e., only by completing all of the plurality of review problems). so that) can be done.
즉, 본 장치(10)는 금일 오늘의 문제를 제공하기 이전에 복수개의 복습문제가 존재하는 경우, 복수개의 복습문제를 제공하여 이들을 모두 복습완료한 것으로 확인된 경우에 한하여 금일 오늘의 문제를 제공할 수 있다. 이러한 본 장치(10)는 사용자가 과거에 학습완료했던 문제(학습완료 문제)에 대한 복습을 건너뛸 수 없게 하여 학습 효과를 극대화할 수 있다. 다시 말해, 본 장치(10)는 복습해야하는 문제가 여러개일 때 사용자가 가장 오래전에 학습되었던 문제부터 복습하고 그 다음 복습문제를 풀도록 할 수 있고, 제공되는 복습문제를 모두 풀어야지 오늘의 문제를 학습할 수 있도록 할 수 있다. 이처럼 '복수의 복습문제를 모두 풀어야만 오늘의 문제를 학습 가능하도록 하는 특징'은 일예로 본 앱의 제3 특징이라 지칭될 수 있다. 즉, 본 앱의 제3 특징에 의하면, 본 장치(10)는 문제를 제공함에 있어서, 오늘의 문제의 제공 전에 복습문제가 존재할 경우, 복습문제를 반드시 모두 풀어아만 오늘의 문제가 제공되도록할 수 있다. 다시 말해, 본 장치(10)는 사용자가 절대 복습문제를 풀지 않고서(건너뛰고서)는 오늘의 문제를 풀 수 없도록 할 수 있다.In other words, if a plurality of review problems exist before providing today's problem, the device 10 provides today's problem only when it is confirmed that all review problems have been completed by providing a plurality of review problems. can do. This device 10 can maximize the learning effect by preventing the user from skipping review of problems that have been studied in the past (study completed problems). In other words, when there are multiple problems to be reviewed, the device 10 can allow the user to review the problem learned most recently and then solve the next review problem. All provided review problems must be solved to solve today's problem. It can be done to enable learning. As such, the 'feature of allowing today's problem to be learned only by solving all of the multiple review problems' can be referred to as the third feature of this app, as an example. In other words, according to the third feature of this app, when providing a problem, the device 10 can ensure that if a review problem exists before providing today's problem, all the review problems must be solved to provide today's problem. there is. In other words, the device 10 can ensure that the user cannot solve today's problem without solving (skipping) the review problem.
또한, 복습 제어부(12)는 학습완료 문제에 대응하는 복습문제를 기 설정된 복습기간 정보 내 복습주기에 맞추어 제공할 때(즉, 기 설정된 복습기간 정보 내 복수개의 복습일 각각에 맞추어 반복 제공할 때), 기 설정된 복습기간 정보 내 복수개의 복습일 중 어느 한 복습일에 제공된 복습문제에 대하여 사용자가 미리 설정된 횟수(일예로 3회) 이상 오답을 작성한 것으로 확인되는 경우, 미리 설정된 횟수 이상 오답을 입력한 것으로 확인되는 복습문제를 복습미완료 문제로 인식할 수 있다. 이후, 복습 제어부(12)는 복습미완료 문제가 인식되었을 때, 복습미완료 문제에 대응하는 복습문제에 부여된 기 설정된 복습기간 정보의 복습주기를, 기 설정된 복습기간 정보의 복습주기 대비 +1일씩 증가된 변경된 복습주기로 변경시킬 수 있다. 이에 따라, 복습 제어부(12)는 복습미완료 문제에 대응하는 복습문제를 변경된 복습주기에 맞추어 반복 제공할 수 있다.In addition, the review control unit 12 provides review problems corresponding to study completion problems in accordance with the review cycle within the preset review period information (i.e., repeatedly provides review questions corresponding to each of the plurality of review days within the preset review period information). ), If it is confirmed that the user has written an incorrect answer more than a preset number of times (for example, 3 times) to a review question provided on one of the plurality of review days within the preset review period information, enter the wrong answer more than the preset number of times. Review problems that are confirmed to have been completed can be recognized as uncompleted review problems. Thereafter, when an incomplete review problem is recognized, the review control unit 12 increases the review cycle of the preset review period information assigned to the review problem corresponding to the uncompleted review problem by +1 day compared to the review cycle of the preset review period information. It can be changed to a modified review cycle. Accordingly, the review control unit 12 can repeatedly provide review problems corresponding to incomplete review problems according to the changed review cycle.
이때, 본 장치(10)는 본 장치(10)에 의해 제공되는 특정 문제(오늘의 문제 내 어느 한 문제, 혹은 복습문제)를 사용자가 풀어 오답을 작성했을 때, 오답 즉시 정답 확인이 가능하도록 하는 것이 아니라, 최소 3회 이상 재풀이 기회를 제공한 이후 정답 확인이 가능하도록 할 수 있다. 따라서, 상술한 설명에서 복습문제를 복습미완료 문제로 인식하는 데에 기준이 되는 미리 설정된 횟수는 3회(즉, 재풀이 기회의 제공 횟수와 동일하게 3회)로 설정될 수 있다.At this time, the device 10 allows the user to immediately check the correct answer when the user solves a specific problem (one of the problems of the day or a review problem) provided by the device 10 and writes an incorrect answer. Rather, it is possible to check the correct answer after providing the opportunity to replay at least three times. Therefore, in the above description, the preset number of times that serves as a standard for recognizing a review problem as an incomplete review problem can be set to 3 times (that is, 3 times, the same as the number of times replay opportunities are provided).
이처럼 '복습문제가 복습미완료 문제로 인식되었을 때, 해당 복습문제의 복습주기를 +1일씩 증가시킨 변경된 복습주기로 적용하여 복습문제가 제공되도록 하는 특징'은 일예로 본 앱의 제4 특징이라 지칭될 수 있다. 이러한 제4 특징에 의하면, 본 장치(10)는 사용자(학습자)로 하여금 무성의한 학습 습관을 방지하여 학습 효과를 상승시킬 수 있다.In this way, 'when a review problem is recognized as an incomplete review problem, the feature of providing a review problem by applying a changed review cycle in which the review cycle of the review problem is increased by +1 day' can be referred to as the fourth feature of this app as an example. You can. According to this fourth feature, the device 10 can increase learning effectiveness by preventing users (learners) from developing careless learning habits.
즉, 복습 제어부(12)는 기 설정된 복습기간 정보 내 복습주기에 맞추어 제공되는 복습문제(이는 오늘의 문제의 풀이 시 거치는 3단계의 복습하기 과정에서 제공되는 복습문제가 아닌, 오늘의 문제에서 학습이 완료됨에 따라 학습완료된 문제를 복습을 위해 제공하는 복습문제를 의미함)가 3회 오답일 경우(정답확인이 3회 오답 이후부터 가능하므로), 3회 이상 오답이 입력된 해당 복습문제를 복습이 완료되지 않은 것으로 간주(즉, 복습미완료 문제로 인식)하여 다음날 다시 복습문제로 제공되도록 할 수 있고, 그 이후의 복습들도 각각 1일씩 딜레이되어 제공되도록 할 수 있다.In other words, the review control unit 12 provides review problems according to the review cycle within the preset review period information (this is not a review problem provided in the three-step review process that goes through when solving today's problem, but rather a review problem provided in today's problem). Upon completion of this, if the answer is incorrect 3 times (meaning a review problem provided for reviewing the completed learning problem) (since confirmation of the correct answer is possible after 3 incorrect answers), review the review problem for which the wrong answer was entered more than 3 times This can be considered as not completed (i.e., recognized as an incomplete review problem) and provided as a review problem again the next day, and subsequent reviews can also be provided with a delay of 1 day.
이때, 복습 제어부(12)는 사용자가 복습주기에 맞추어 제공되는 복습문제를 풀도록 할 때, 후술하여 설명하는 본 앱의 제9 특징에서와 같이 학습자가 정답을 타이핑하는 것이 아니라, 정답 문장을 의미군에 따라 나누어 놓은 복수개의 버튼(즉, 복수개의 분할 버튼(pb))을 클릭하는 간단한 방식(간단한 정답 입력 방식)으로 복습이 이루어지도록 할 수 있다. 이러한 본 앱의 제9 특징에 의하면, 본 장치(10)는 복습문제의 풀이 소요시간을 짧게 할 수 있고(단축시킬 수 있고), 복수개의 분할 버튼을 눌러서 정답을 맞추는 확률이 직접 타이핑을 하여 정답을 맞추는 확률보다 훨씬 높으므로, 복습문제에 대한 오답시 그냥 넘어가는 것이 아니라 오답을 작성한 복습문제를 +1일 후에 다시 제공하므로써 정답을 맞추는 확률이 높은 복습문제에 대한 문제 풀이를 무성의하게 하지 못하게 할 수 있다. At this time, when the review control unit 12 allows the user to solve the review problems provided according to the review cycle, the learner does not type the correct answer as in the 9th feature of this app described later, but means the correct sentence. Review can be done in a simple way (simple answer input method) by clicking on multiple buttons divided according to group (i.e., multiple split buttons (pb)). According to the ninth feature of this app, the device 10 can shorten (shorten) the time required to solve review problems, and the probability of getting the correct answer by pressing a plurality of split buttons is lowered by directly typing the correct answer. Since it is much higher than the probability of getting a correct answer, rather than just skipping a review question incorrectly, the review question with the wrong answer is provided again after +1 day, preventing people from carelessly solving the review question with a high probability of getting the correct answer. You can.
예를 들면, 기 설정된 복습기간 정보가, 학습완료된 날(학습일, 학습완료일)로부터 ‘D+1, D+3, D+7, D+15, D+30, D+60, D+120, D+210, D+365, D+600, D+1000’와 같이 설정되어 있을 때, 복습 제어부(12)는 3월1일에 학습완료된 학습완료 문제를 3월2일(D+1), 3월4일(D+3), 3월8일(D+7), 3월16일(D+15) 등일 때 복습문제로 제공할 수 있다.For example, the preset review period information is 'D+1, D+3, D+7, D+15, D+30, D+60, D+120 from the learning completion date (learning date, learning completion date). , D+210, D+365, D+600, D+1000', the review control unit 12 returns the study completed problems on March 1st to March 2nd (D+1). , March 4 (D+3), March 8 (D+7), March 16 (D+15), etc. can be provided as review questions.
이때, 사용자가 3월 2일에 제공된 복습문제는 정답을 맞추었고(이러한 경우 복습 제어부(12)는 3월 2일에 제공된 복습문제를 복습완료 문제로 인식할 수 있음), 3월 4일에 제공된 복습문제는 오답이였다면(즉, 틀렸다면), 복습 제어부(12)는 3월 4일에 제공된 복습문제를 복습이 완료되지 않은 복습미완료 문제로 인식할 수 있다. 이처럼, 3월 4일에 제공된 복습문제가 복습미완료 문제로 인식된 경우, 복습 제어부(12)는 복습미완료 문제에 대응하는 복습문제에 기 설정된 복습주기 대로 복습문제를 제공한다면 원래 3월 4일 다음으로는 3월 8일에 복습문제를 제공해야 하지만, 기 설정된 복습주기(즉, 기 설정된 복습기간 정보 내 복습주기)를 +1씩 증가시킨 변경된 복습주기로 적용함으로써, 3월 4일 다음으로 3월 5일에 복습문제를 제공할 수 있다. 3월 5일의 복습문제가 복습완료 문제로 인식된 경우, 복습 제어부(12)는 3월9일, 3월17일 등일 때 복습문제를 제공할 수 있다.At this time, the user answered the review question provided on March 2nd correctly (in this case, the review control unit 12 may recognize the review question provided on March 2nd as a review completed question), and on March 4th. If the provided review question was incorrectly answered (i.e., incorrectly answered), the review control unit 12 may recognize the review question provided on March 4 as an incomplete review question in which the review has not been completed. In this way, if the review problem provided on March 4th is recognized as an uncompleted review problem, the review control unit 12 provides the review problem corresponding to the uncompleted review problem according to the preset review cycle, and then returns the original question on March 4th. Although review problems must be provided on March 8, by applying a changed review cycle that increases the pre-set review cycle (i.e., the review cycle within the pre-set review period information) by +1, the review problems will be provided on March 4th and then March. Review questions can be provided on the 5th. If the review problem on March 5th is recognized as a review completed problem, the review control unit 12 may provide the review problem on March 9th, March 17th, etc.
즉, 3월 4일(D+3)에 제공된 복습문제가 복습완료 문제로 인식된 경우에는, 해당 복습문제에 대한 복습주기가 기본 설정 그대로 ‘D+3(3월 4일), D+7(3월 8일), D+15(3월 16일), D+30(3월 31일), D+60 등'과 같이 설정되어 있을 수 있다. 반면, 3월 4일(D+3)에 제공된 복습문제가 복습미완료 문제로 인식된 경우에는, 복습주기가 +1일씩 증가되도록 변경됨에 따라, 해당 복습문제에 대한 복습주기는 ‘D+4(3월 5일), D+8(3월 9일), D+16(3월 17일), D+31(4월 1일), D+61 등'과 같이 설정되어 있을 수 있다.In other words, if the review problem provided on March 4 (D+3) is recognized as a review completed problem, the review cycle for the review problem is set to 'D+3 (March 4), D+7' as the default setting. (March 8th), D+15 (March 16th), D+30 (March 31st), D+60, etc.' On the other hand, if the review problem provided on March 4 (D+3) is recognized as an incomplete review problem, the review cycle is changed to increase by +1 day, so the review cycle for the review problem is 'D+4 ( It may be set as 'March 5th), D+8 (March 9th), D+16 (March 17th), D+31 (April 1st), D+61, etc.'
다시 말해, 복습기간이 학습일로부터 D+1, D+3, D+7, D+15 이면, 3월1일에 학습한 문제는 3월2일, 3월4일 3월8일, 3월16일에 복습이 올 수 있다. 이때, 3월2일에 온 복습문제는 사용자가 정답을 맞추었고, 3월4일에 온 복습문제는 사용자가 3회 이상 오답이였다면, 복습 제어부(12)는 3월 4일의 복습문제를 복습미완료 문제로 간주하여 3월5일에 다시 복습문제로 제공되도록 하고, 그 이후에 올 예정이였던 복습문제 역시 3월9일, 3월17일로 하루씩 딜레이되도록 제어할 수 있다. 즉, 원래의 복습주기대로라면 복습문제는 3월8일, 3월16일 등에 제공되어야 하나, 모두 하루씩 딜레이됨으로써 3월 9일, 3월 17일 등에 복습문제가 제공될 수 있다. 이때, 복습주기가 변경되기 이전의 '변경전 복습주기'와 복습주기가 변경된 이후의 '변경후 복습주기'는 날짜가 +1씩 딜레이되었다는 점에서만 차이가 있을 뿐, 주기의 간격은 그대로 유지될 수 있다. In other words, if the review period is D+1, D+3, D+7, D+15 from the study date, problems learned on March 1st will be answered on March 2nd, March 4th, March 8th, and 3rd. Review may come on the 16th of the month. At this time, if the user gave the correct answer to the review question on March 2, and the user answered incorrectly more than three times in the review question on March 4, the review control unit 12 answers the review question on March 4. It can be treated as an incomplete review problem and provided as a review problem again on March 5th, and review problems scheduled to come after that can also be controlled to be delayed by one day to March 9th and March 17th. In other words, according to the original review cycle, review problems should be provided on March 8th, March 16th, etc., but as everything is delayed by one day, review problems can be provided on March 9th, March 17th, etc. At this time, the only difference between the 'review cycle before change' before the review cycle is changed and the 'review cycle after change' after the review cycle is changed is that the date is delayed by +1, and the interval between cycles remains the same. You can.
도 4b를 참조하여 예를 들자면, 1일차 Q2 문제(즉, Q2_(1일차))를 사용자가 학습완료한 경우, 복습 제어부(12)는 학습완료된 1일차 Q2 문제를 기 설정된 복습기간 정보 내 복습주기에 맞추어 2일째, 4일째, 8일째, 16일째 등에 복습문제로 제공할 수 있다. 이때, 사용자가 일예로 2일째와 4일째에 제공된 복습문제는 정답을 맞춰 복습완료하고, 8일째 제공된 복습문제(Q2_(1일차)_복습)는 3회 이상 오답이여서 복습미완료 문제로 인식된 경우, 복습 제어부(12)는 복습미완료 문제에 대응하는 복습문제(즉, 1일차 Q2 문제의 복습문제)의 복습주기를 +1씩 증가시킨 변경된 복습주기로 적용할 수 있다. 이에 따라, 복습 제어부(12)는 8일째에 제공된 복습문제가 복습미완료 문제로 인식된 이후, 8일째 그 다음으로 제공되는 복습문제를 16일째가 아닌, 9일째와 17일째 등에 제공할 수 있다. 즉, 원래 복습주기대로라면 8일째 이후 16일째에 1일차 Q2 문제의 복습문제가 제공되어야 하나, 8일째 복습문제가 복습미완료 문제로 인식됨에 따라, 복습 제어부(12)는 8일째 제공된 복습문제가 복습미완료 문제로 인식된 이후, 1일차 Q2 문제의 복습문제를 9일째에 제공하고, 9일째 제공된 복습문제를 복습완료한 것으로 확인되면 다음으로 17일째에 복습문제를 제공할 수 있다. 이러한 본 앱의 제4 특징에 의하면, 본 장치(10)는 무성의한 학습 습관을 방지하여 효과적인 학습이 이루어지도록 할 수 있다.For example, with reference to FIG. 4B, when the user completes learning of the Q2 problem on day 1 (i.e., Q2_(day 1)), the review control unit 12 reviews the Q2 problem on day 1 for which the learning was completed within the preset review period information. Depending on the cycle, review problems can be provided on the 2nd, 4th, 8th, and 16th days. At this time, for example, if the user completes the review of the review questions provided on the 2nd and 4th days by answering the correct answers, and the review question provided on the 8th day (Q2_(Day 1)_Review) is recognized as an incomplete review because the review questions provided on the 8th day were answered incorrectly more than 3 times. , the review control unit 12 may apply a changed review cycle in which the review cycle of the review problem corresponding to the incomplete review problem (i.e., the review problem of the Q2 problem on Day 1) is increased by +1. Accordingly, after the review problem provided on the 8th day is recognized as an incomplete review problem, the review control unit 12 may provide the next review problem provided on the 8th day, not on the 16th day, but on the 9th and 17th days, etc. In other words, according to the original review cycle, the review problem of the Q2 problem of the first day should be provided on the 16th day after the 8th day, but as the review problem of the 8th day is recognized as an incomplete review problem, the review control unit 12 provides the review problem provided on the 8th day. After it is recognized as an incomplete review problem, a review problem of the Q2 problem from Day 1 is provided on the 9th day, and if it is confirmed that the review problem provided on the 9th day has been completed, a review problem can be provided on the 17th day. According to the fourth feature of this app, the device 10 can prevent careless study habits and enable effective learning.
본 장치(10)는 사용자가 단순히 오늘의 문제만을 매일 새롭게 공부하도록 하는 것이 아니라, 새로운 오늘의 문제를 학습하기 이전에 과거에 학습완료한 문제(학습완료 문제)를 우선으로 복습하도록 할 수 있다. 본 장치(10)는 이들 복습문제를 모두 복습완료한 경우에 한하여 새로운 오늘의 문제를 풀 수 있도록 제공함(즉, 복수개의 복습문제 중 적어도 하나의 복습문제를 복습완료하지 않은 상태에서는 새로운 오늘의 문제에 대한 학습 자체가 불가능하도록 함)으로써, 과거에 학습완료한 문제에 대한 복습을 건너뛸 수 없게 하는 구조로 언어 학습이 이루어지도록 해, 언어 학습의 습득 효과를 보다 극대화시킬 수 있다.The device 10 does not simply allow the user to study today's problems anew every day, but allows the user to first review previously studied problems (study problems) before learning new today's problems. This device 10 provides the ability to solve a new problem of the day only when all of these review problems have been reviewed (that is, if at least one review problem out of a plurality of review problems has not been reviewed, a new problem of the day can be solved). By making it impossible to learn the language itself, language learning is conducted in a structure that prevents review of problems completed in the past from being skipped, thereby maximizing the acquisition effect of language learning.
또한, 복습 제어부(12)는 복습문제를 제공한 후 사용자가 복습문제를 풀도록 할 때, 제공된 복습문제에 대한 문제의 정답을 사용자가 직접 타이핑하여 입력하는 것이 아니라, 일예로 도 3의 (a)에 도시된 것과 같이 제공된 복습문제에 대한 정답의 문장(즉, 정답 문장)을 의미군에 따라 복수개의 영역으로 분할시킴으로써 기 생성된 복수개의 분할 버튼(pb)을 선택(클릭)하는 선택 입력을 통해 정답 입력이 가능하도록 제공할 수 있다.In addition, when the review control unit 12 provides a review problem and then allows the user to solve the review problem, the user does not directly type in the correct answer to the provided review problem, but instead inputs the correct answer to the provided review problem, for example (a) in FIG. 3 ), a selection input for selecting (clicking) a plurality of division buttons (pb) already created by dividing the correct answer sentence (i.e., the correct sentence) for the provided review problem into a plurality of areas according to the semantic group as shown in It can be provided so that the correct answer can be input through.
여기서, 복수개의 분할 버튼(pb)에 대한 선택 입력으로 정답 입력이 가능하도록 제공되는 복습문제는, 일예로 도 3의 (a)에 도시된 것과 같이 학습완료 문제에 대응하는 복습문제를 의미할 수도 있고, 이에만 한정되는 것은 아니고, 도 2의 (c)에 도시된 것과 같이 오늘의 문제를 학습할 때 3단계에 해당하는 복습하기 과정에서 제공되는 문제(복습문제)를 의미할 수도 있다.Here, the review problem provided so that the correct answer can be input by selecting input to a plurality of division buttons (pb) may mean a review problem corresponding to a study completion problem, as shown in (a) of FIG. 3, for example. It is not limited to this, and may refer to problems (review problems) provided in the review process corresponding to step 3 when learning today's problem, as shown in (c) of Figure 2.
달리 표현하자면, 복습 제어부(12)는 사용자가 복습 가능하도록 하는 복습문제를 제공할 때, 일예로 도 3의 (a)에 도시된 것과 같이 복습되는 문제의 문제 제시문 정보(t), 및 사용자가 문제 제시문(t)에 해당하는 정답을 입력할 수 있는 정답 입력란이 포함된 복습문제를 제공할 수 있다. 이때, 정답 입력란은 문제 제시문 정보(t)에 대한 정답의 문장(정답 문장)과 관련하여, 정답 문장을 의미군에 따라 복수개의 영역을 분할시킴으로써 생성된 복수개의 분할 버튼(pb)의 형식으로 마련될 수 있다. 사용자는 복수개의 분할 버튼(pb)에 대하여 자신이 생각하는 정답의 문장에 맞추어 순서대로 분할 버튼을 선택함으로써 복습문제에 대한 문제 풀이(정답 입력)을 수행할 수 있다. 즉, 사용자는 복수개의 분할 버튼(pb)에서 정답으로 생각하는 문장에 맞추어 순서대로 클릭함으로써 정답이라 생각하는 문장의 정보를 입력할 수 있다.In other words, when the review control unit 12 provides a review problem that allows the user to review, for example, as shown in (a) of FIG. 3, the review control unit 12 provides problem statement information (t) of the problem to be reviewed, and the user You can provide a review problem that includes an answer input box where you can enter the correct answer corresponding to the problem statement (t). At this time, the correct answer input field is provided in the form of a plurality of split buttons (pb) created by dividing the correct answer sentence into a plurality of areas according to the semantic group in relation to the correct answer sentence (correct answer sentence) for the problem statement information (t). It can be. The user can solve the review problem (enter the correct answer) by selecting the plurality of split buttons (pb) in order according to the sentence of the correct answer they think. In other words, the user can enter information about the sentence he or she believes to be the correct answer by sequentially clicking on the plurality of split buttons (pb) according to the sentence he or she considers to be the correct answer.
도 3의 (a)의 일예에서는, 복수개의 분할 버튼(pb)으로서 10개의 분할 버튼이 제공되고 있음을 확인할 수 있다. 복수개의 분할 버튼(pb)의 분할 기준이 되는 의미군이라 함은 의미를 가지는 군집을 의미하는 것으로서, 적어도 하나 이상의 단어의 모음으로 이루어진 군집을 의미할 수 있다. 일예로, 복수개의 분할 버튼(pb)에는 제1 분할 버튼인 'I', 제2 분할 버튼인 'If', 제3 분할 버튼인 'a lot of', 제4 분할 버튼인 'would have saved' 등이 포함될 수 있다.In the example of Figure 3 (a), it can be seen that 10 division buttons are provided as a plurality of division buttons (pb). The semantic group that serves as the basis for dividing the plurality of split buttons (pb) refers to a group with meaning, and may mean a group consisting of a collection of at least one word. For example, the plurality of split buttons (pb) include 'I' as the first split button, 'If' as the second split button, 'a lot of' as the third split button, and 'would have saved' as the fourth split button. etc. may be included.
이에 따르면, 복습 제어부(12)는 복수개의 분할 버튼(pb)의 선택으로 정답 입력이 가능한 복습문제를 제공함으로써, 복습문제의 풀이시 사용자(학습자)가 정답의 철자를 직접 하나하나 타이핑하여 입력하는 것이 아니라, 정답 문장을 의미군에 따라 나누어 놓은 몇가지 버튼을 클릭하는 간단한 방법으로 정답 입력이 가능하도록 할 수 있다. 이러한 본 장치(10)는 복수개의 분할 버튼(pb)을 통해 정답 입력이 가능한 복습문제를 제공함으로써, 복습하는 사용자로 하여금 복습문제를 푸는 시간을 단축시켜 보다 빠르게 복습 가능하도록 할 수 있고(즉, 복습문제의 복습 소요시간이 짧아지도록 할 수 있고), 복습문제의 풀이시 복습문제의 정답을 맞출 확률을 직접 타이핑으로 정답을 입력하는 것 대비 훨씬 높아지도록 할 수 있다. 이러한 '복습문제에 대한 정답의 입력을 복수개의 분할 버튼(pb)에 대한 순차적 클릭을 통해 간편히 입력 가능하도록 하는 특징'은 일예로 본 앱의 제9 특징이라 지칭될 수 있다.According to this, the review control unit 12 provides review problems in which the correct answer can be entered by selecting a plurality of split buttons (pb), so that when solving the review problem, the user (learner) directly types and inputs the correct answers one by one. Instead, you can enter the correct answer by simply clicking on several buttons that divide the correct sentence according to its meaning group. This device 10 provides review problems that allow correct answers to be entered through a plurality of split buttons (pb), thereby enabling reviewers to review more quickly by shortening the time required to solve review problems (i.e. The review time for review problems can be shortened), and the probability of getting the correct answer to a review problem when solving a review problem can be made much higher compared to entering the correct answer by typing directly. This 'feature that allows you to easily input the correct answer to a review problem by sequentially clicking on a plurality of split buttons (pb)' can be referred to as the ninth feature of this app, as an example.
본 장치(10)는 바람직하게 문장 학습 위주로의 언어 학습이 가능하도록 할 수 있다. 즉, 본 장치(10)는 언어 학습과 관련하여, 특히나 문장 학습을 위한 언어 학습 장치(문장 학습용 언어 학습 장치)일 수 있다. 다만, 이에만 한정되는 것은 아니고, 본 장치(10)는 문장 학습 외에도, 필요에 따라 단어 학습도 가능할 수도 있다.This device 10 can preferably enable language learning centered on sentence learning. In other words, the device 10 may be a language learning device (a language learning device for sentence learning) in relation to language learning, especially for sentence learning. However, it is not limited to this, and the device 10 may be capable of learning words as needed in addition to sentence learning.
또한, 앞서 말한 바와 같이 복습 제어부(12)는 제공부(11)에서 제공된 오늘의 문제 내 복수개의 문제 중 사용자에 의해 학습이 완료된 것으로 확인된 학습완료 문제의 경우, 재학습 및 복습이 가능하도록 기 설정된 복습기간 정보를 부여하고, 학습완료 문제에 대응하는 복습문제를 기 설정된 복습기간 정보 내 복습주기에 맞추어 반복 제공할 수 있다.In addition, as mentioned above, the review control unit 12 is configured to enable re-study and review in the case of a learned problem that has been confirmed to have been completed by the user among the plurality of problems in the problem of the day provided by the providing unit 11. Information on the set review period can be provided, and review problems corresponding to study completion problems can be provided repeatedly according to the review cycle within the preset review period information.
이때, 복습 제어부(12)는 학습완료 문제에 부여되는 기 설정된 복습기간 정보를 사용자(학습자)가 스스로 자체 판단하에 기 설정된 복습기간 정보의 설정 값을 변경하거나 선택적으로 선택 가능하도록 제어할 수 있다. 여기서, 복수기간 정보의 설정 값에는 복수개의 복습일(복습날짜), 복습 횟수(즉, 복습일의 개수) 및 복습 주기(복습일 간의 간격 정보)가 포함될 수 있다. 복습 제어부(12)는 사용자 스스로의 자체 판단하에, 사용자가 생각하는 문제별 중요도, 난이도, 습득정도 등에 따라 문제별 부여되는 기 설정된 복수기간 정보의 설정 값을 사용자가 원하는대로 설정, 변경 가능하도록 제공할 수 있다.At this time, the review control unit 12 can control the user (learner) to change or selectively select the setting value of the preset review period information at his or her own discretion. Here, the setting value of the multiple period information may include a plurality of review days (review dates), number of review times (i.e., number of review days), and review cycle (interval information between review days). The review control unit 12 provides the user with the ability to set and change the preset multiple-period information setting values assigned to each problem according to the user's own judgment, according to the importance, difficulty, level of mastery, etc. of each problem considered by the user. can do.
상술한 설명에서는 사용자가 스스로 기 설정된 복습기간 정보의 설정 값을 변경할 수 있는 대상이 ‘학습완료 문제(즉, 처음 제공된 오늘의 문제를 학습완료한 것으로 인식된 학습완료 문제)’인 것으로 예시하였으나, 이에만 한정되는 것은 아니고, ‘학습완료’ 여부와 상관없이 오늘의 문제 각각 및/또는 복습문제를 대상으로 사용자가 스스로 기 설정된 복습기간 정보의 설정 값을 변경할 수도 있다. 이때, 학습완료 되지 않은 오늘의 문제는 결국 복습이 제공되지 않으므로(즉, 복습문제로서 제공되지 않으므로) 복습기간 정보의 설정값을 변경하여도 그것이 반영되지 않을 수 있다. 즉, 학습완료 전에 복습기간을 설정할수 있으나, 만약 특정 문제에 대하여 학습완료되지 않으면, 해당 특정 문제에 대하여 설정된 복습기간은 의미가 없게 될 수 있다.In the above explanation, it is exemplified that the subject for which the user can change the setting value of the pre-set review period information is a 'study completion problem (i.e., a study completion problem recognized as having completed learning of today's problem provided for the first time)'. It is not limited to this, and the user may change the setting value of the preset review period information for each of today's problems and/or review problems regardless of whether or not 'study has been completed'. At this time, since review of today's problem for which study has not been completed is not provided (i.e., not provided as a review problem), even if the setting value of the review period information is changed, it may not be reflected. In other words, a review period can be set before learning is completed, but if learning is not completed for a specific problem, the review period set for that specific problem may become meaningless.
즉, 도 6을 참조하면, 복습 제어부(12)는 사용자가 주어진 문제들에 대하여 각 문제별로 '중요도, 난이도 그리고 습득정도'를 스스로 판단하여, 문제별로 첫 학습시(즉, 문제를 처음 받은 날로서, 오늘의 문제를 제공받은 날) 혹은 복습기간의 중간에(즉, 학습완료 문제에 대한 복습문제를 제공받는 기간 중에), 해당 문제에 부여되는 복습기간 정보(이는 복습횟수와 연결되는 정보일 수 있음)의 설정 값을 선택/변경 가능하도록 제어할 수 있다.That is, referring to FIG. 6, the review control unit 12 determines the 'importance, difficulty, and degree of mastery' for each problem given by the user, and when the user first studies each problem (i.e., on the day the problem is first received) (i.e., the day on which today's problem is provided) or in the middle of the review period (i.e., during the period when review problems for study-completed problems are provided), information on the review period assigned to the problem (this is information linked to the number of times of review) You can control to select/change the setting value.
달리 표현해, 복습 제어부(12)는 제공부(11)에 의해 오늘의 문제가 제공되었을 때 제공된 오늘의 문제 각각에 대하여 및/또는 복습 제어부(12)에 의해 복습문제(학습완료 문제에 대응하는 복습문제)가 제공되었을 때 제공된 복습문제에 대하여, 사용자가 각 문제들(즉, 오늘의 문제 각각 및/또는 복습문제)에 대한 기 설정된 복습기간 정보의 설정 값을 사용자의 자체 판단하에 스스로 원하는 값으로 변경하거나 선택 가능하도록 하는 복습기간 설정 기능을 제공할 수 있다. 이처럼, '각 문제별로(즉, 학습완료 문제나 복습문제 등의 문제들 각각에 대하여) 사용자가 중요도, 난이도, 습득정도 등의 자체 판단하에 복습기간 정보의 설정 값을 변경 가능하게 하는 특징'은 일예로 본 앱의 제6 특징이라 지칭될 수 있다. In other words, when today's problem is provided by the providing unit 11, the review control unit 12 provides a review problem (review corresponding to a study completion problem) for each of today's problems provided and/or by the review control unit 12. When a review problem is provided, the user sets the value of the preset review period information for each problem (i.e., each problem of the day and/or review problem) to the value desired by the user at his/her own discretion. A review period setting function that can be changed or selected can be provided. In this way, the 'feature that allows the user to change the setting value of the review period information for each problem (i.e., for each problem such as a completed study problem or a review problem) based on his or her own judgment of importance, difficulty, and level of mastery' is As an example, this may be referred to as the sixth feature of this app.
예를들어, 학습자가 너무 쉽거나 혹은 중요하지 않다고 판단하거나 혹은 이미 완벽히 기억되었다고 판단되는 문제(오늘의 문제, 혹은 복습문제)는 그에 맞추어 학습자가 복습기간의 설정 값을 자유롭게 선택 및 변경 가능하도록 할 수 있다. 이때, 일예로 문제의 첫 학습시에는(즉, 오늘의 문제로서 신규 문제를 처음 받아볼 때에는) 기본설정으로 셋팅되어 있을 수 있으나, 이때에도 사용자가 원하는 복습기간으로 변경 가능할 수 있다. 또한, 복습기간 중간에도 사용자가 원하는 복습기간으로 변경 가능할 수 있다.For example, for problems that the learner judges to be too easy, unimportant, or already completely memorized (problems of the day, or review problems), the learner can freely select and change the setting value of the review period accordingly. You can. At this time, for example, when learning a problem for the first time (i.e., when receiving a new problem for the first time as today's problem), it may be set to the default setting, but even in this case, the review period can be changed to the user's preference. Additionally, the user may change the review period to the desired review period even in the middle of the review period.
달리 말하자면, 복습 제어부(12)는 오늘의 문제 각각에 대하여, 복습기간 정보의 설정 값을 일예로 기본 설정 값으로 부여할 수 있다. 이때, 기본 설정 값은 일예로 상술한 기 설정된 복습기간 정보의 설정 값(즉, 'D+1, D+3, D+7, D+15, D+30, D+60, D+120, D+210, D+365, D+600, D+1000')을 의미할 수 있다. 이때, 복습 제어부(12)는 도 6의 좌측 그림에 도시된 것과 같이 오늘의 문제의 일영역에 마련된 복습기간설정 버튼에 대한 사용자 입력이 이루어진 경우, 디스플레이부 상에 도 6의 우측 그림에 도시된 것과 같이 복습기간설정 화면을 표시하여 사용자가 학습완료 문제에 부여되는 복습기간 정보의 설정 값을 변경 가능하도록(즉, 문제의 첫 학습시에 변경 가능하도록) 할 수 있다.In other words, the review control unit 12 may give, for example, a setting value of review period information as a default setting value for each of today's problems. At this time, the default setting value is, as an example, the setting value of the previously set review period information (i.e., 'D+1, D+3, D+7, D+15, D+30, D+60, D+120, It may mean D+210, D+365, D+600, D+1000'). At this time, when a user input is made to the review period setting button provided in the area of today's problem as shown in the left picture of FIG. 6, the review control unit 12 displays the button shown in the right picture of FIG. 6 on the display unit. In the same way, the review period setting screen can be displayed so that the user can change the setting value of the review period information given to the study completed problem (that is, changeable at the first study of the problem).
또한, 복습 제어부(12)는 학습완료 문제에 대응하는 복습문제를 기 설정된 복습기간의 정보 내 복습주기에 맞추어 제공할 때, 도 6의 가운데 그림에 도시된 것과 같이 복습기간설정 버튼이 포함된 복습문제를 디스플레이부 상에 표시함으로써, 사용자가 복습문제를 제공받았을 때 복습문제에 기 설정되어 있는 복습기간 정보의 설정 값을 변경 가능하도록(즉, 복습기간의 중간에 변경 가능하도록) 할 수 있다.In addition, when the review control unit 12 provides review problems corresponding to study completion problems according to the review cycle in the information of the preset review period, the review control unit 12 includes a review period setting button as shown in the middle figure of FIG. 6. By displaying the problem on the display unit, when the user is provided with a review problem, the setting value of the review period information preset in the review problem can be changed (that is, changed in the middle of the review period).
제어부(미도시)는 사용자가 본 앱에 접속하였을 때(즉, 사용자의 접속이 감지되었을 때), 사용자의 접속 감지시 즉시 당일 풀어야 하는 문제가 디스플레이부(미도시) 상에 표출되도록 제공부(11) 및 복습 제어부(12)의 작동을 제어할 수 있다. 여기서, 당일 풀어야하는 문제는 사용자의 접속이 감지된 당일(금일)에 적어도 하나의 복습문제가 존재하지 않는 경우 제공부(11)에 의해 제공되는 '오늘의 문제'를 의미할 수 있고, 사용자의 접속이 감지된 당일(금일)에 적어도 하나의 복습문제가 존재하는 경우 복습 제어부(12)에 의해 제공되는 '복습문제(특히, 가장 오래전에 학습 완료된 복습문제)'를 의미할 수 있다. When the user accesses the app (i.e., when the user's access is detected), the control unit (not shown) is provided so that problems that must be solved on the same day are displayed on the display unit (not shown) when the user's access is detected. 11) and the operation of the review control unit 12 can be controlled. Here, the problem to be solved on the same day may mean 'today's problem' provided by the provider 11 when at least one review problem does not exist on the day (today) when the user's connection is detected, and the user's If there is at least one review problem on the day the connection is detected (today), it may mean a 'review problem (particularly, a review problem that was completed the longest ago)' provided by the review control unit 12.
이에 따르면, 본 장치(10)는 사용자가 본 앱의 접속시 바로 복습문제가 표출되도록 할 수 있고(만약, 당일 복습해야할 복습문제가 존재하지 않는다면, 오늘의 문제가 바로 표출되도록 할 수 있음), 제공된 복습문제를 사용자가 모두 풀어야만 오늘의 문제를 풀 수 있도록 할 수 있다. According to this, the device 10 can display review problems immediately when the user accesses the app (if there are no review problems to be reviewed that day, today's problems can be displayed immediately), The user must solve all of the provided review problems to be able to solve today's problem.
즉, 제어부(미도시)는 사용자가 본 앱에 접속한 것으로 감지된 경우, 사용자의 접속 감지시 별도의 홈 화면이 디스플레이부(미도시)의 화면 상에 표출되도록 하는 것이 아니라, 당일 풀어야 하는 문제가 바로 디스플레이부의 화면 상에 표출되도록 제어할 수 있다. 이처럼 '앱 접속시 즉시 화면에 풀어야 하는 문제가 표출되도록 하는 특징'은 일예로 본 앱의 제7 특징이라 지칭될 수 있다. 이러한 본 앱의 제7 특징에 의하면, 본 장치(10)는 본 앱에 의한 언어 학습 접근의 강제성을 제공하여, 이에 따라 학습 누락이 보다 방지되도록(즉, 본 장치에 의해 제공되는 문제들을 누락 없이 모두 풀이 가능하도록) 제공할 수 있다.In other words, when the control unit (not shown) detects that the user has accessed the app, it does not cause a separate home screen to be displayed on the screen of the display unit (not shown) when the user's connection is detected, but rather a problem that must be solved on the same day. It can be controlled to be displayed directly on the screen of the display unit. As such, the 'feature that allows problems to be solved to be displayed on the screen immediately when accessing the app' can be referred to as the 7th feature of this app, as an example. According to the seventh feature of this app, this device 10 provides a mandatory language learning approach by this app, thereby preventing learning omissions (i.e., solving problems provided by this device without omission). (so that all can be solved) can be provided.
일반적으로 종래에 공지된 학습 관련 앱들은, 대부분 첫 화면(홈 화면)에 그 앱의 주요 기능을 가진 카테고리(아이콘)를 표출시키며, 이에 따라 사용자가 복수의 카테고리 중 특정 카테고리를 선택하게 되면, 선택에 응답하여 사용자가 선택한 특정 카테고리의 기능이 수행되도록 마련되어 있다.In general, most of the conventionally known learning-related apps display categories (icons) with the main functions of the app on the first screen (home screen). Accordingly, when the user selects a specific category among a plurality of categories, the selection In response, the function of a specific category selected by the user is provided to be performed.
그러나, 이와 같은 종래의 학습 관련 앱은 복수의 카테고리들 중 사용자가 선택한 특정 카테고리에 대한 기능이 제공되는 것임(즉, 사용자가 제공받고 싶어하는 원하는 정보만을 선택적으로 선택해 제공받는 것임)에 따라, 본 장치(10)와 같이 '오늘의 문제를 제공하기 전 필수적으로 과거 학습완료된 문제를 복습문제로서 우선 제공되도록 하는 등과 같은 문제 제공의 강제성'이 없다할 것이어서, 본 장치(10)에 의한 학습 효과 대비 그 학습 효과가 떨어진다고 할 수 있다.However, such a conventional learning-related app provides functions for a specific category selected by the user among a plurality of categories (that is, the user selectively selects and receives only the desired information that the user wants to receive), so the present device As in (10), there is no 'compulsory provision of problems such as providing problems that have been studied in the past as review problems before providing today's problem', so compared to the learning effect by this device (10), It can be said that the learning effect is low.
예시적으로, 종래의 학습 관련 앱의 홈 화면에, 복수의 카테고리로서 '오늘의 문제 풀기', '복습문제 풀기' 등과 같은 카테고리가 구분되어 마련되어 있다고 하자. 이때, 일예로 사용자가 매일 새로운 문제를 제공하는 '오늘의 문제 풀기' 카테고리만을 선택해 학습을 한다면, 해당 사용자는 매일매일 새로운 문제만을 학습 가능할 것이다. 즉, 사용자가 만약 '복습문제 풀기' 카테고리를 선택하지 않는다면, 해당 사용자는 복습문제에 대한 복습을 전혀 수행하지 못할 것이다. 이처럼, 홈 화면이 카테고리 형식으로 마련되는 종래의 학습 관련 앱은, 본 장치(10) 대비 그 학습 효과가 미비하다 할 수 있다. 본 장치(10)는 종래의 학습 관련 앱과 같이 홈화면에 들어가 특정 카테고리를 클릭해 학습 가능하도록 하는 것이 아니라, 사용자가 앱에 접속했을 때 사용자의 선택의 여지없이 앱 접속 감지 즉시 금일 풀어야 하는 문제가 첫 화면에 바로 표시되도록 제어할 수 있는바, 불필요한 과정으로 인한 시간낭비를 줄이고, 오롯이 문제의 학습에 집중 가능하도록 해 효과적인 학습이 이루어지도록 할 수 있다.As an example, let's say that on the home screen of a conventional learning-related app, a plurality of categories are provided, such as 'Solving Today's Problem', 'Solving Review Problem', etc. At this time, for example, if the user selects and learns only the 'Solve Today's Problem' category that provides new problems every day, the user will be able to learn only new problems every day. In other words, if the user does not select the 'Solve review problems' category, the user will not be able to review the review problems at all. In this way, it can be said that the learning effect of conventional learning-related apps whose home screens are provided in a category format is insufficient compared to the present device 10. This device (10) does not enable learning by going to the home screen and clicking on a specific category like a conventional learning-related app, but when the user accesses the app, the problem must be solved as soon as app access is detected without the user's choice. You can control it to be displayed right on the first screen, which reduces time wastage due to unnecessary processes and allows you to focus solely on learning the problem, thereby ensuring effective learning.
한편, 복습 제어부(12)는 앞서 말한 바와 같이 제공부(11)에서 제공된 오늘의 문제 내 복수개의 문제 중 사용자에 의해 학습이 완료된 것으로 확인된 학습완료 문제의 경우, 재학습 및 복습이 가능하도록 기 설정된 복습기간 정보를 부여하고, 학습완료 문제에 대응하는 복습문제를 기 설정된 복습기간 정보(기본 설정 값) 내 복습주기에 맞추어 제공할 수 있다. 복습기간 정보는 학습완료 문제에 대응하는 복습문제가 반복 제공되는 그 복습주기의 정보(복습날짜와 복습횟수를 포함한 복습주기의 정보)를 의미할 수 있다.Meanwhile, as mentioned above, the review control unit 12 is configured to enable re-study and review in the case of a learned problem that has been confirmed to have been completed by the user among a plurality of problems in the problem of the day provided by the providing unit 11. Information on the set review period can be provided, and review problems corresponding to study completion problems can be provided according to the review cycle within the preset review period information (default setting value). Review period information may refer to information on the review cycle (information on the review cycle including review date and review number) in which review problems corresponding to study completion problems are repeatedly provided.
이때, 복습문제의 제공이 이루어지는 복습주기(즉, 복습문제에 설정되어 있는 기 설정된 복습기간 정보 내 복습주기)는, 복습주기에 맞추어 복습문제가 제공될 때마다, 제공된 복습문제에 대한 사용자의 정답 여부(복습문제에 대한 문제 풀이의 정답 여부, 정답 맞춤 여부)에 따라 달리 조정(변환)될 수 있다.At this time, the review cycle in which the review problems are provided (i.e., the review cycle within the preset review period information set in the review problems) is determined by the user's correct answer to the provided review problems whenever the review problems are provided according to the review cycle. It can be adjusted (converted) differently depending on whether the solution to the review problem is correct or not (whether the answer is correct or not).
일예로, 5월 1일 8시에 오늘의 문제의 첫번째 문제(제1 문제, Q1)가 제공되고, 해당 Q1 문제가 학습완료 문제로 확인됨에 따라, 5월 1일자 Q1 문제에 대응하는 복습문제가 복습을 위해 기 설정된 복습기간 정보(기본 설정 값)의 복습주기에 맞추어 제공된다고 하자. 이하에서는, 기본 설정 값으로 설정되어 있는 복습기간 정보(즉, 'D+1, D+3, D+7, D+15, D+30, D+60, D+120, D+210, D+365, D+600, D+1000'와 같이 설정되어 있는 기 설정된 복습기간 정보)의 복습주기를 설명의 편의상 기본 복습주기라 지칭하기로 한다.For example, the first problem of today's problem (the first problem, Q1) is provided at 8 o'clock on May 1st, and as the Q1 problem is confirmed as a study completion problem, review problems corresponding to the Q1 problem dated May 1st are provided. Let us assume that the information is provided according to the review period of the preset review period information (default setting value) for review. Below, the review period information set as the default setting (i.e., 'D+1, D+3, D+7, D+15, D+30, D+60, D+120, D+210, D For convenience of explanation, the review cycle (information on the preset review period set such as '+365, D+600, D+1000') will be referred to as the basic review cycle.
기본 복습주기에 의하면, 5월 1일자 Q1 문제에 대응하는 복습문제는 첫번째 복습을 위해 제공되는 첫번째 복습문제(즉, (n)번째 복습문제, 여기서 n은 자연수이고, n은 1일 수 있음)로서 5월 2일(D+1) 8시에 제공될 수 있다. 다음으로, 만약 기본 복습주기에 따른다면(즉, 복습문제에 대한 정답 여부를 반영해 복습주기를 조정하지 않는다면), 5월 1일자 Q1 문제에 대응하는 복습문제는 두번째 복습을 위해 제공되는 두번째 복습문제(즉, (n+1)번째 복습문제)로서 5월 4일(D+3) 8시에 제공되고, 세번째 복습문제(즉, (n+2)번째 복습문제)로서 5월 8일(D+7) 8시 에 제공될 것이다.According to the basic review cycle, the review problem corresponding to the Q1 problem dated May 1 is the first review problem provided for the first review (i.e., the (n)th review problem, where n is a natural number and n can be 1). It can be provided at 8 o'clock on May 2nd (D+1). Next, if you follow the basic review cycle (i.e., do not adjust the review cycle to reflect whether or not you answer the review questions correctly), the review questions corresponding to the May 1st Q1 question will be provided for the second review. As a problem (i.e., (n+1)th review problem), it will be provided at 8 o'clock on May 4 (D+3), and as the third review problem (i.e., (n+2)th review problem), it will be provided on May 8 ( D+7) It will be provided at 8 o'clock.
이때, 첫번째 복습문제(즉, (n)번째 복습문제)에 기 설정되어 있는 복습주기(즉, D+1)는 1일이라 할 수 있으며, 이는 복습문제에 대한 정답 여부를 반영해 복습주기를 조정함에 있어서 그 시작의 기준이 되는 기준점으로서, 기준 복습주기(기준주기) 등으로 달리 지칭될 수 있다. 즉, 첫번째 복습문제(즉, (n)번째 복습문제)에 기 설정되어 있는 복습주기(즉, D+1)는, 1일이고, 기준점, 기준 복습주기(기준주기)로 표현될 수 있다.At this time, the review cycle (i.e., D+1) preset for the first review question (i.e., (n)th review question) can be said to be 1 day, and this reflects the correct answer to the review question and determines the review cycle. It is a reference point that serves as a starting point for adjustment, and may be referred to differently as a standard review cycle (standard cycle), etc. That is, the review cycle (i.e., D+1) preset for the first review problem (i.e., (n)th review problem) is 1 day, and can be expressed as a reference point or a standard review cycle (reference cycle).
이때, 복습 제어부(12)는 복습문제(일예로, 5월 1일자 Q1 문제에 대응하는 복습문제)를 기 설정된 복습기간 정보의 복습주기(기본 복습주기)에 맞추어 제공할 때, 복습문제의 제공시마다, 사용자가 금번 제공된 금번 복습문제의 정답을 맞추었는지 여부에 따라, 금번 복습문제의 다음으로 제공되는 다음번 복습문제의 제공 주기(즉, 다음번 복습문제에 설정되는 복습주기)를 자동으로 맞춤 변환시켜(즉, 유동적으로 자동 변환시켜), 변환된 복습주기에 맞추어 다음번 복습문제를 제공할 수 있다. 여기서, 금번 복습문제는 (n)번째 제공된 복습문제로서 (n)번째 복습문제로 지칭될 수 있고, 다음번 복습문제는 (n+1)번째 제공된 복습문제로서 (n+1)번째 복습문제로 지칭될 수 있다. 여기서, n은 자연수일 수 있고, 1 이상의 값 중 어느 한 값으로 적용될 수 있다.At this time, when the review control unit 12 provides review problems (for example, review problems corresponding to the Q1 problem dated May 1) according to the review cycle (basic review cycle) of the preset review period information, the review problem is provided. Shimada, depending on whether the user answers the current review question correctly, the provision cycle of the next review question provided after the current review question (i.e., the review cycle set for the next review question) is automatically customized and converted. (i.e., by dynamically and automatically converting), the next review problem can be provided according to the converted review cycle. Here, this review problem is the (n)th review problem provided and can be referred to as the (n)th review problem, and the next review problem is the (n+1)th review problem provided and can be referred to as the (n+1)th review problem. It can be. Here, n may be a natural number and may be applied as any one value of 1 or more.
이처럼 '복습문제에 대한 사용자의 정답 여부에 따라(즉, 복습문제의 정답을 사용자가 맞추었는지 혹은 틀렸는지에 따라) 다음번 제공되는 복습문제의 복습주기가 기 정해진 산출 방식을 토대로 자동으로 맞춤 변환되도록 하는 특징(즉, 복습주기 자동 맞춤 변환 특징)'은 일예로 본 앱의 제8 특징이라 지칭될 수 있다. 이러한 복습문제의 복습주기의 설정/변환은 본 장치(10)에 의해 제공되는 문제들 각각마다(학습완료 문제들 각각마다, 복습문제들 각각마다) 개별적으로 적용될 수 있다.In this way, depending on the user's correct answer to the review question (i.e., depending on whether the user answered the review question correctly or incorrectly), the review cycle of the next review question provided is automatically customized and converted based on a predetermined calculation method. ‘Feature (i.e., review cycle automatic conversion feature)’ may be referred to as the eighth feature of this app as an example. This setting/conversion of the review cycle of review problems can be applied individually to each problem provided by the device 10 (each completed study problem, each review problem).
복습 제어부(12)는 사용자가 금번 복습문제(즉, (n)번째 복습문제)의 정답을 맞춘 것으로 확인되는 경우, 정답을 맞추기 전 금번 복습문제에 기 설정되어 있는 복습주기(이는 이전 복습주기라 지칭될 수 있음)의 값에 기 설정된 정답시 적용 배수를 곱함으로써 주기변동 차이값을 산출할 수 있다. 이후, 복습 제어부(12)는 금번 복습문제의 다음으로 제공되는 다음번 복습문제(즉, (n+1)번째 복습문제)에 설정되는 복습주기를, 산출된 주기변동 차이값과 금번 복습문제의 복습주기일(즉, 금번 복습문제가 제공된 복습일)의 값을 더함으로써 산출된 합계 값에 해당하는 복습주기로 변환시켜, 변환된 복습주기에 맞추어 다음번 복습문제(즉, (n+1)번째 복습문제)를 제공할 수 있다.When the review control unit 12 determines that the user has answered the correct answer to the current review question (i.e., the (n)th review question), the review control unit 12 operates the review cycle preset for the current review question before answering the correct answer (this is the previous review cycle). The period variation difference value can be calculated by multiplying the value of (may be indicated) by the multiplier applied for the preset correct answer. Afterwards, the review control unit 12 determines the review cycle set for the next review problem provided after the current review problem (i.e., the (n+1)th review problem), the calculated period change difference value, and the review cycle of the current review problem. By adding the value of the cycle date (i.e., the review date on which this review problem was provided), it is converted into a review cycle corresponding to the calculated total value, and the next review problem (i.e., (n+1)th review problem) is adjusted according to the converted review cycle. ) can be provided.
여기서, 금번 복습문제의 정답을 맞출때마다 다음번 복습문제의 복습주기를 변경시키기 위해 적용되는 '기 설정된 정답시 적용 배수'는, 보다 효과적인 복습주기의 설정을 위해 2 이상 4 이하의 값 중 어느 하나의 값으로 설정될 수 있다. 즉, 기 설정된 정답시 적용 배수는 최소 값이 2로 설정되고, 최대 값이 4로 설정될 수 있다.Here, the 'applied multiplier for correct answer', which is applied to change the review cycle for the next review problem every time you answer the current review problem correctly, is any of the values between 2 and 4 to set a more effective review cycle. It can be set to a value of . That is, the minimum value of the applied multiplier for a preset correct answer may be set to 2, and the maximum value may be set to 4.
일예로, 본 장치(10)에서는 금번 복습문제의 정답을 맞출때마다 기 설정된 정답시 적용 배수로서 2 값이 적용됨이 보다 바람직할 수 있다. 다만, 이에만 한정되는 것은 아니고, 다른 일예로 금번 복습문제의 정답을 맞출때마다 적용되는 기 설정된 정답시 적용 배수로는 2 이상 4 이하의 값 중 사용자에 의해 선택된 어느 하나의 값(사용자 선택 값)이 적용될 수 있다.For example, in this device 10, it may be more desirable to apply the value of 2 as the preset multiplier for correct answer each time the correct answer to this review problem is answered. However, it is not limited to this, and as another example, the preset multiplier applied to the correct answer to this review problem is any one value selected by the user among the values 2 to 4 (user selection value). This can be applied.
반면, 복습 제어부(12)는 사용자가 금번 복습문제(즉, (n)번째 복습문제)의 정답을 틀린 것으로 확인되는 경우, 정답을 틀리기 전 금번 복습문제에 기 설정되어 있는 복습주기(이전 복습주기)의 값에 기준 복습주기(즉, 1일)의 값을 곱함으로써 주기변동 차이값을 산출할 수 있다. 이후, 복습 제어부(12)는 금번 복습문제의 다음으로 제공되는 다음번 복습문제(즉, (n+1)번째 복습문제)에 설정되는 복습주기를, 산출된 주기변동 차이값과 금번 복습문제의 복습주기일(즉, 금번 복습문제가 제공된 복습일)의 값을 더함으로써 산출된 합계 값에 해당하는 복습주기로 변환시켜, 변환된 복습주기에 맞추어 다음번 복습문제(즉, (n+1)번째 복습문제)를 제공할 수 있다. On the other hand, when the review control unit 12 determines that the user has incorrectly answered the correct answer to the current review question (i.e., the (n)th review question), the review cycle (previous review cycle) preset for the current review question before the correct answer is incorrect. ) can be calculated by multiplying the value of the standard review period (i.e., 1 day) by the value of the period variation difference. Afterwards, the review control unit 12 determines the review cycle set for the next review problem provided after the current review problem (i.e., the (n+1)th review problem), the calculated period change difference value, and the review cycle of the current review problem. By adding the value of the cycle date (i.e., the review date on which this review problem was provided), it is converted into a review cycle corresponding to the calculated total value, and the next review problem (i.e., (n+1)th review problem) is adjusted according to the converted review cycle. ) can be provided.
즉, 복습 제어부(12)는 복습문제의 복습주기를 복습문제의 제공시마다 제공된 복습문제에 대한 사용자의 정답 여부를 고려해 자동 변환(조정)함에 있어서, i) 금번 복습문제의 정답을 맞춘 경우에는 다음번 제공되는 다음번 복습문제의 복습주기를, 이전 복습주기(즉, 금번 복습문제에서 적용되었던 복습주기)와 대비해 그 주기의 간격이 보다 증가된 복습주기로 적용(즉, 기 설정된 정답시 적용 배수를 적용함에 따라, 기 설정된 정답시 적용 배수만큼 증가된 복습주기로 적용) 하고, 반면 ii) 금번 복습문제의 정답을 틀린 경우에는 다음번 제공되는 다음번 복습문제의 복습주기를, 이전 복습주기와 동일한 복습주기로 유지되도록 적용(즉, 기준 복습주기(즉, 1일)를 적용함에 따라, 이전 복습주기를 그대로 유지하는 복습주기로 적용)할 수 있다. 본 앱의 제8 특징에 대한 보다 구체적인 설명은 다음과 같다.In other words, the review control unit 12 automatically changes (adjusts) the review cycle of the review question each time a review question is provided, taking into account the user's correct answer to the provided review question. i) If the correct answer to the current review question is answered, the next review question The review cycle for the next review problem provided is applied as a review cycle with a longer interval compared to the previous review cycle (i.e., the review cycle applied in this review problem) (i.e., by applying the preset multiplier for correct answers) Accordingly, a review cycle increased by the applied multiple of the pre-set correct answer is applied), while ii) if the correct answer to the current review question is incorrect, the review cycle for the next review question provided next time is applied so that the review cycle remains the same as the previous review cycle. (That is, as the standard review cycle (i.e., 1 day) is applied, a review cycle that maintains the previous review cycle can be applied.) A more detailed description of the eighth feature of this app is as follows.
복습 제어부(12)는, 사용자가 복습문제를 맞추었을 경우 그 이후의 복습주기가 금번 복습주기 대비 늘어나도록 제어(일예로, 2배수, 3배수, 4배수 등을 적용해 복습주기가 증가되도록 제어)하고, 사용자가 복습문제를 틀렸을 경우 기준 복습주기(1일, 1배수)를 적용함에 따라 금번 복습주기가 유지되도록 제어할 수 있다.The review control unit 12 controls the review cycle so that when the user answers the review question correctly, the subsequent review cycle increases compared to the current review cycle (for example, by applying a multiple of 2, 3, or 4, the review cycle is increased. ), and if the user gets a review question wrong, it can be controlled to maintain this review cycle by applying the standard review cycle (1 day, 1 multiple).
이에 따르면 결과적으로, 본 장치(10)에서 복습문제에 대한 복습주기는, 사용자가 복습문제의 문제풀이를 반복 수행할수록(즉, 복습문제에 대한 복습을 반복할수록) 시간이 경과함에 따라 점자 그 주기가 늘어나는 방향으로 자동으로 변환(조정)되도록 제어될 수 있다. 만약 사용자가 복습문제를 틀린 경우에는, 이전 복습주기의 값에 기준 복습주기(즉, 1일)의 값을 곱하는 것임에 따라, 다시 한번 이전 복습주기(이는, 반복 수행된 복습문제에 대한 복습 중 가장 마지막 복습시의 복습주기를 의미할 수 있음, 즉 학습완료 문제에 대한 복습문제를 복수회 복습했을 때 그때까지 중에서 가장 긴 복습주기(가장 최근의 복습주기)를 의미할 수 있음)로 다음번 복습문제를 제공(틀린 복습문제의 다음으로 제공되는 다음번 복습문제를 제공)할 수 있다.According to this, as a result, the review cycle for the review problem in the device 10 is determined as the user repeatedly performs the problem solving of the review problem (i.e., as the user repeats the review of the review problem), the Braille period changes over time. It can be controlled so that it is automatically converted (adjusted) in the direction of increasing. If the user makes a review problem incorrectly, the value of the previous review cycle is multiplied by the value of the standard review cycle (i.e., 1 day), so the previous review cycle (this is during the review of the repeatedly performed review problem) It may refer to the review cycle at the time of the most recent review, that is, when reviewing review problems for study completion problems multiple times, it may refer to the longest review cycle (the most recent review cycle) among those reviewed for the next time. You can provide problems (providing the next review problem that follows the review problem that was incorrect).
이러한 본 장치(10)는 사용자가 복습문제를 틀렸을 때, 다음번 복습문제를 다시한번 이전 복습주기와 동일한 복습주기로 적용해 제공함으로써, 그 복습주기(즉, 이전 복습주기)만큼의 시간 간격에도 사용자의 기억이 유지되는 것을 확인하고 나서 그 이후에 다음 복습주기(즉, 이전 복습주기 보다 주기의 간격이 더 넓어진, 더 긴 복습주기)로 나아가도록 하는 방식으로 복습주기가 자동 변환되도록 할 수 있다.This device 10 provides the next review problem once again by applying the same review cycle as the previous review cycle when the user makes a review problem incorrectly, so that the user can use the review problem even at a time interval equal to the review cycle (i.e., the previous review cycle). The review cycle can be automatically converted by confirming that the memory is maintained and then proceeding to the next review cycle (i.e., a longer review cycle with wider intervals than the previous review cycle).
복습 제어부(12)는 사용자가 복습문제를 아무리 연속으로 틀리더라도, 복습문제를 틀릴때마다 기준 복습주기(즉, 1일)의 값을 적용함으로써, 변환(조정)되는 복습주기가 직전의 복습주기(즉, 이전 복습주기로서, 과거에 복수차례 반복 복습했을 때 그때까지 중에 가장 긴 복습주기)로 유지되도록 할 수 있다. 즉, 복습 제어부(12)는 사용자가 복습문제를 아무리 연속해서 틀리더라도, 다음 변경되는 복습주기가 금번 복습주기 보다 더 짧아지는 방향으로 변환되지는 않도록 제어할 수 있다(즉, 복습주기 자체가 짧아지는 것은 아닐 수 있다).The review control unit 12 applies the value of the standard review cycle (i.e., 1 day) every time the user makes a review problem incorrectly, no matter how many times the user makes a review problem incorrectly, so that the review cycle that is converted (adjusted) is the previous review cycle. (That is, it can be maintained at the previous review cycle, which is the longest review cycle up to that time when the review was repeated multiple times in the past). In other words, the review control unit 12 can control it so that the next review cycle is not changed to be shorter than the current review cycle, no matter how many times the user gets the review questions wrong (that is, the review cycle itself is short). You may not lose).
여기서, 직전의 복습주기(즉, 이전 복습주기)는 결국 학습자가 '이 정도의 복습주기까지는 기억을 유지할 수 있다'고 테스트된(검증이 된) 주기를 의미할 수 있다. 본 앱의 제8 특징에 의하면, 사용자가 복습문제를 틀렸을 때(오답시), 복습 제어부(12)는 틀렸을때의 이 복습주기를 다시한번 테스트 해 보고(즉, 틀렸을 때의 복습주기로 다시 한번 다음번 복습문제를 풀어보도록 한 후), 다시 한번 적용된 동일 복습주기로 복습문제를 풀었을 때 정답을 맞춘다면 이후 더 긴 복습주기로 적용되도록 할 수 있다. 복습 제어부(12)는 반복 제공되는 복습문제를 사용자가 연속으로 맞추었을 때, 복습주기의 늘어나는 비율이 점차 증가되도록 변경할 수 있는데(즉, 1배 →2배 →3배 등과 같이 점차 복습주기를 늘릴 수 있음, 단 최대로는 4배가 적용될 수 있음), 이러한 본 앱의 제8 특징에 의하면, 본 장치(10)는 최소 복습으로 최고의 학습 효율이 발휘되도록 할 수 있다.Here, the immediately preceding review cycle (i.e., previous review cycle) may ultimately refer to a cycle in which it has been tested (verified) that the learner can 'maintain memory up to this level of the review cycle.' According to the eighth feature of this app, when the user makes a review question incorrectly (answers incorrectly), the review control unit 12 tests this review cycle when the question is wrong again (i.e., repeats the review cycle when the user gets it wrong) After solving the review problem), if you answer correctly when solving the review problem with the same review cycle applied again, you can apply a longer review cycle later. The review control unit 12 can change the rate of increase in the review cycle to gradually increase when the user successively answers the repeatedly provided review questions (i.e., gradually increases the review cycle, such as 1 time → 2 times → 3 times, etc.). (However, at most 4 times can be applied), according to the eighth feature of this app, the device 10 can achieve the highest learning efficiency with minimal review.
본원에서 복습주기에 대한 자동 조정(변환)은 본 장치(10)에 의해 제공되는 문제들 각각(학습완료 문제들 각각, 복습문제들 각각)에 대하여 개별적으로 적용될 수 있다. 본 장치(10)에 의한 복습 횟수는 무한대로 진행될 수 있으며, 예를 들어 'D+1000일 혹은 D+3000일 넘어가면 더 이상 복습이 오지 않는다'와 같은 제한은 적용되지 않을 수 있다. 즉, 본 장치(10)는 사용자가 본 앱을 이용하는 한 학습완료 문제에 대하여 무한대로 복습을 수행 가능하도록 제공할 수 있다. 구체적인 예는 다음과 같다.In this application, automatic adjustment (conversion) to the review cycle can be applied individually to each of the problems provided by the device 10 (each of the learned problems, each of the review problems). The number of reviews by the device 10 can be infinite, and for example, restrictions such as 'no more reviews after D+1000 days or D+3000 days' may not be applied. In other words, the device 10 can provide infinite review of completed problems as long as the user uses the app. Specific examples are as follows:
<예시 1><Example 1>
일예로 i) 학습완료된 학습완료 문제는 기본 설정 값에 따라(기본 복습주기에 따라) 학습완료된 날로부터 D+1에 복습문제가 제공될 수 있다(이때의 복습주기는 1일이며 기준점이 될 수 있다).For example, i) Review problems that have been studied may be provided to D+1 from the day learning is completed according to the default setting value (according to the basic review cycle) (the review cycle at this time is 1 day and can be a reference point) there is).
ii) 이후 D+1에 제공된 복습문제를 맞추면 다음 복습일은 D+3이 될 수 있다. 즉 D+1에 제공된 복습문제를 맞추었다면, 다음번 복습문제는 D+3일에 제공될 수 있다. 이때, 정답을 맞추기 전 금번 복습문제에 기 설정되어 있는 복습주기(이전 복습주기인 1일)에 x2(기 설정된 정답 적용 배수)가 적용됨에 따라 주기변동 차이값이 '1일x2 =2일'로 산출되고, 결과적으로 합계 값이 주기변동 차이값 2일에 정답을 맞추기 전 금번 복습문제에 기 설정되어 있던 복습주기(즉, 이전 복습주기인 1일)을 더한 3일로 산출되므로, 다음 복습일이 D+3일로 될 수 있다.ii) Afterwards, if you answer the review questions provided on D+1 correctly, the next review day can be D+3. In other words, if you answer the review questions provided on D+1 correctly, the next review questions can be provided on D+3. At this time, before answering the correct answer, x2 (preset answer application multiplier) is applied to the review cycle (previous review cycle, 1 day) preset in this review problem, so the cycle change difference value is '1 day x 2 = 2 days'. It is calculated as , and as a result, the total value is calculated as 3 days by adding the review cycle that was preset to this review question before answering the correct answer (i.e., 1 day, the previous review cycle) to the 2-day period difference value, so the next review date This could be D+3 days.
이때 만약, D+1에 제공된 복습문제를 틀렸다면 다음 복습일은, 이전 복습주기(1일)에 x1(기 설정된 정답시 적용 배수)이 적용되어 주기변동 차이값이 '1일x1=1일'이 되므로, 결과적으로 주기변동 차이값(1일)과 금번 복습문제의 복습주기일(즉, 복습문제를 틀린게 D+1에 제공된 문제이므로 1일)의 값을 더함으로써 산출된 합계 값이 2일 이므로, D+2에 다음 복습이 이루어질 수 있다(즉, D+2에 다음번 복습문제가 제공될 수 있다).At this time, if you make a mistake in the review question provided in D+1, on the next review day, Therefore, as a result, the total value calculated by adding the value of the period variation difference value (1 day) and the review cycle date of this review problem (i.e., 1 day because the review problem incorrectly was provided in D+1) is 2 days. Therefore, the next review can be done at D+2 (that is, the next review problem can be provided at D+2).
iIi) 이후 D+3에 제공된 복습문제를 맞추었다면, 다음 복습일은 D+9이 될 수 있다. 즉, D+3일에 제공된 복습문제를 맞추었다면, D+3일 다음으로 제공되는 복습문제는 D+9일에 제공될 수 있다. 이때, 정답을 맞추기 전 금번 복습문제에 기 설정되어 있는 복습주기(이전 복습주기인 2일)에 x3(기 설정된 정답시 적용 배수)이 적용됨에 따라 주기변동 차이값이 '2일x3=6일'로 산출되고, 결과적으로 합계 값이 주기변동 차이값(6일)에 금번 복습문제의 복습주기일의 값(즉, D+3이므로 3일)을 더한 9일로 산출되므로, 다음 복습일이 D+9일로 조정(변환)될 수 있다.iIi) If you answer the review questions provided on D+3 correctly, the next review date can be D+9. In other words, if you answer the review questions provided on D+3 day correctly, the review questions provided after D+3 days can be provided on D+9 days. At this time, before answering the correct answer, x3 (multiplier applied when correct answer) is applied to the review cycle (previous review cycle of 2 days) preset in this review problem, so the cycle change difference value is '2 days x 3 = 6 days. ', and as a result, the total value is calculated as 9 days by adding the value of the review cycle date of this review problem (i.e., D+3, so 3 days) to the cycle change difference value (6 days), so the next review date is D. It can be adjusted (converted) to +9 days.
이때 만약, D+3에 제공된 복습문제를 틀렸다면 다음 복습일은, 이전 복습주기(2일)에 x1(기 설정된 정답시 적용 배수)이 적용되어 주기변동 차이값이 '2일x1=2일'이 되므로, 결과적으로 주기변동 차이값(2일)과 금번 복습문제의 복습주기일(즉, 복습문제를 틀린게 D+3에 제공된 문제이므로 3일)의 값을 더함으로써 산출된 합계 값이 5일 이므로, D+5에 다음 복습이 이루어질 수 있다(즉, D+5에 다음번 복습문제가 제공될 수 있다).At this time, if you make a mistake in the review questions provided in D+3, on the next review day, As a result, the total value calculated by adding the value of the difference in period variation (2 days) and the review cycle date of this review problem (i.e., 3 days because the review problem that was wrong was provided in D+3) is 5 days. Therefore, the next review can be done at D+5 (that is, the next review problem can be provided at D+5).
<예시 2><Example 2>
일예로, 학습완료된 학습완료 문제가 학습완료된 날로부터 D+1에 복습문제로 제공되었다고 하자. 이때의 복습주기는 1일이며, 기준점이 될 수 있다. For example, let's say that a completed study problem was provided as a review problem on D+1 from the day the study was completed. The review cycle at this time is 1 day, which can be a reference point.
이때, 복습 제어부(12)는 사용자가 D+1에 제공된 복습문제를 맞추었다면, 이전 복습주기에 일예로 x2가 적용되어 1일x2 =2일 이므로, 다음 복습일을 D+3로 인지하여 D+3에 다시 복습문제를 제공할 수 있다.At this time, the review control unit 12 recognizes the next review day as D+3 because if the user has answered the review problem provided for D+1, x2 is applied as an example to the previous review cycle and 1 day x 2 = 2 days. Review questions can be provided again at +3.
이후, 복습 제어부(12)는 D+3에 제공된 복습문제를 사용자가 틀린 경우, 이전 복습주기에 x1이 적용되어 2일x1=2일 이므로, 다음 복습일을 D+5로 인지하여, D+5에 다시 복습문제를 제공할 수 있다.Afterwards, the review control unit 12 recognizes the next review date as D+5 because if the user makes a mistake in the review question provided at D+3, x1 is applied to the previous review cycle and 2 days x 1=2 days, and D+ Review questions can be provided again in 5.
이후, 복습 제어부(12)는 사용자가 D+5에 제공된 복습문제를 맞추었다면, 이전 복습주기에 일예로 x2가 적용되어 2일x2=4일 이므로, 다음 복습일을 D+9로 인지하여 D+9에 다시 복습문제를 제공할 수 있다.Afterwards, the review control unit 12 recognizes the next review date as D+9 because if the user has answered the review problem provided at D+5, x2 is applied to the previous review cycle as an example and 2 days x 2=4 days. Review questions can be provided again at +9.
이후, 복습 제어부(12)는 사용자가 D+9에 제공된 복습문제를 맞추면 이전 복습주기에 일예로 x3이 적용되어 4일x3=12일 이므로, 다음 복습일을 D+21 로 인지하여 D+21 에 다시 복습문제를 제공할 수 있다.Afterwards, the review control unit 12 recognizes the next review day as D+21 because if the user answers the review problem provided at D+9, x3 is applied to the previous review cycle as an example, and 4 days x 3 = 12 days. Review problems can be provided again.
이후, 복습 제어부(12)는 사용자가 D+21에 제공된 복습문제를 틀린 경우, 이전 복습주기에 x1이 적용되어 12일x1=12일 이므로, 다음 복습일을 D+33 로 인지하여, D+33에 다시 복습문제를 제공할 수 있다.Afterwards, the review control unit 12 recognizes the next review date as D+33 because if the user makes a mistake in the review problem provided at D+21, x1 is applied to the previous review cycle and is 12 days x 1=12 days, and D+ Review questions can be provided again in 33.
이후, 복습 제어부(12)는 사용자가 D+33에 제공된 복습문제를 틀린 경우, 이전 복습주기에 x1이 적용되어 12일x1=12일 이므로, 다음 복습일을 D+45 로 인지하여, D+45에 다시 복습문제를 제공할 수 있다.Afterwards, the review control unit 12 recognizes the next review date as D+45 because if the user makes a mistake in the review question provided at D+33, x1 is applied to the previous review cycle and is 12 days x 1=12 days, and D+ Review questions can be provided again at 45.
이후, 복습 제어부(12)는 사용자가 D+45에 제공된 복습문제를 맞추면 이전 복습주기에 x2가 적용되어 12일x2=24일 이므로, 다음 복습일을 D+69 로 인지하여 D+69 에 다시 복습문제를 제공할 수 있다.Afterwards, the review control unit 12 recognizes the next review date as D+69 because if the user answers the review question provided at D+45, x2 is applied to the previous review cycle and 12 days Review problems can be provided.
이후, 복습 제어부(12)는 사용자가 D+69에 제공된 복습문제를 틀린 경우, 이전 복습주에기 x1이 적용되어 24x1=24일 이므로, 다음 복습일을 D+93로 인지하여 D+93에 다시 복습문제를 제공할 수 있다.Afterwards, the review control unit 12 recognizes the next review date as D+93 because if the user makes a mistake in the review problem provided at D+69, the previous review period x1 is applied and 24x1=24 days, and the review date is D+93. Review questions can be provided again.
이처럼, 상술한 예시 1 및 예시 2에서와 같이, 복습 제어부(12)는 복습문제를 맞추면 복습주기가 늘어나고, 반대로 틀리면 이전의 복습주기를 그대로 유지하면서(즉, 복습문제를 틀렸을 때 x1이 적용되므로, x1은 결국 이전 복습주기를 유지하도록 할 뿐 복습주기가 더 짧아지도록 하지는 않음) 학습자가 현재 기억하는 정도에 맞추어서 복습을 제공할 수 있다. 다시 말해, 복습 제어부(12)는 학습완료 문제에 대한 복습문제를 반복 제공함에 있어서, 사용자가 금번 제공된 복습문제(금번 복습문제)를 맞추면 복습주기(즉, 금번 복습문제부터 다음번 복습문제 까지의 기간)가 늘어나 이전의 복습주기보다 더 오랜기간 이후에 다음번 복습문제가 제공되도록 하고, 반대로 금번 제공된 복습문제를 사용자가 틀리면 이전의 복습주기를 그대로 유지(즉, 금번에 제공되었던 복습문제에 적용되었던 복습주기가 그대로 적용되어 유지)하며 다음 복습이 이루어지도록 할 수 있는바, 학습자가 현재 기억할 수 있는 기간의 정도(기억 수준)에 맞추어 재복습이 이루어지도록 복습문제를 제공할 수 있다.In this way, as in Example 1 and Example 2 described above, the review control unit 12 increases the review cycle if the review problem is correct, and conversely, if the review problem is incorrect, it maintains the previous review cycle as is (i.e., x1 is applied when the review problem is incorrect) , x1 ultimately only maintains the previous review cycle and does not make the review cycle shorter). Review can be provided according to the learner's current level of memory. In other words, when the review control unit 12 repeatedly provides review problems for study-completed problems, if the user matches the review problem (current review problem) provided this time, the review cycle (i.e., the period from this review problem to the next review problem) ) increases so that the next review problem is provided after a longer period of time than the previous review cycle. Conversely, if the user makes a mistake in the review problem provided this time, the previous review cycle is maintained (i.e., the review problem applied to the review problem provided this time) is increased. The cycle can be applied and maintained as is and the next review can be done, and review problems can be provided so that the learner can re-review according to the extent of the period (memory level) that the learner can currently remember.
이때, 본 앱의 제8 특징과 관련하여, 상술한 바와 같이 금번 복습문제의 정답을 맞추면 기 설정된 정답시 적용 배수(일예로, 2 이상 4 이하의 값 중 어느 하나의 값에 대응하는 배수로서, 즉 2배수, 3배수, 4배수 중 어느 하나의 배수)가 적용됨에 따라 그 이후의 복습주기(다음번 복습문제의 복습주기)는 적용된 배수에 맞추어 늘어날 수 있다. 반면, 금번 복습문제의 정답을 틀리면 기준 복습주기(즉, 1일)의 값이 적용됨에 따라 그 이후의 복습주기는 이전복습주기로 유지될 수 있다. At this time, in relation to the eighth feature of this app, as described above, if you answer the correct answer to this review problem, a preset multiplier applied for the correct answer (for example, a multiplier corresponding to any one of the values between 2 and 4, In other words, as a multiple of 2, 3, or 4) is applied, the subsequent review cycle (review cycle for the next review problem) can be increased according to the applied multiple. On the other hand, if the correct answer to this review question is incorrect, the value of the standard review cycle (i.e., 1 day) is applied, so the review cycle thereafter can be maintained as the previous review cycle.
즉, 복습문제의 정답을 맞추었을 때에는 그 이후의 복습주기가 2배수, 3배수, 4배수 등과 같이 늘어나는 한편, 복습문제의 정답을 틀렸을 때에는 그 이후의 복습주기가 이전복습주기 x1(1배수)이 적용됨에 따라 이전 복습주기로 유지될 수 있다(즉, 적용되는 배수가 다시 1배수로 되돌아올 수 있다).In other words, when you answer a review question correctly, the subsequent review cycle increases by 2 times, 3 times, 4 times, etc., while when you answer a review question incorrectly, the subsequent review cycle is the previous review cycle x1 (multiple of 1). As this is applied, the previous review cycle may be maintained (i.e., the applied multiple may return to a multiple of 1).
이때, 사용자가 반복 제공되는 복습문제를 맞출때마다 이전복습주기에 'x (1→2→3→4→5→6→7→8→...)처럼 계속 증가되는 배수'를 적용시킨다면, 매번 복습문제를 맞추었을때 예시적으로 "D+1(이때의 복습주기는 1일이고, 배수는 x1 이며, 기준점이 됨) → D+3(1일x2) → D+9(2일x3) → D+33(6일x4) → D+153(24일x5) → D+873(120일x6) → D+5913(720일x7) → D+46233(5040일x8)→..."와 같이, 복습주기가 너무 기하급수적으로 늘어나서 오히려 효과가 너무 떨어지는 문제가 있을 수 있다. 즉, 복습문제를 맞출때마다 적용되는 배수(기 설정된 정답시 적용 배수)를 맞출때마다 1배수씩 늘려 '2배수, 3배수, 4배수, 5배수, 6배수, 7배수 등'과 같이 적용시킨다면, 약 16년동안 7회, 약126년동안 8회 정도만 복습하게 될 수 있다(즉, 매우 적은 횟수로만 복습이 이루어질 수 있다). 아무리 매번 복습문제를 맞추어서 '사용자(학습자)가 잘 기억하는 것'이라 판단된다 하더라고, 이와 같은 방식(복습주기 자동 맞춤 변환 방식)은 너무 복습되는 주기가 비효율적이며, 혹은 중간에 틀려서 x1로 돌아가는 것을 감안한다 하더라도 복습횟수가 너무 적어질 가능성이 크다고 할 수 있다.At this time, if the user applies a continuously increasing multiplier like x (1→2→3→4→5→6→7→8→...) to the previous review cycle every time the user solves a repeatedly provided review problem, For example, when you get a review problem right every time, "D+1 (the review cycle at this time is 1 day, the multiple is x1, and becomes the reference point) → D+3 (1 day x 2) → D+9 (2 days x 3) ) → D+33 (6 days x 4) → D+153 (24 days x 5) → D+873 (120 days x 6) → D+5913 (720 days x 7) → D+46233 (5040 days x 8) →... "Like this, there may be a problem where the review cycle increases too exponentially and the effectiveness becomes too low. In other words, each time you answer a review problem, the multiplier applied (multiplier applied when answering a preset correct answer) is increased by 1 and applied as 'multiplier of 2, multiple of 3, multiple of 4, multiple of 5, multiple of 6, multiple of 7, etc.' If ordered, it can be reviewed only 7 times in about 16 years or 8 times in about 126 years (that is, review can only be done a very small number of times). No matter how well it is judged that the user (learner) remembers well by correcting the review questions each time, this method (automatic conversion of the review cycle) is too inefficient in the review cycle, or it returns to x1 due to a mistake in the middle. Even if we take this into account, there is a high possibility that the number of reviews will be too small.
따라서, 복습 제어부(12)는 복습문제에 대한 복습주기의 자동 맞춤 변환의 수행시, 사용자가 복습문제의 정답을 맞출때마다 적용되는 배수(기 설정된 정답시 적용 배수)가 계속 '2배수, 3배수, 4배수, 5배수, 6배수, 7배수 등'과 같이 지속 증가되는 배수로 적용되도록 하는 것이 아니라, 기 설정된 정답시 적용 배수의 최대 적용 배수(Maximum 배수)를 고정시킬 수 있다. 즉, 복습 제어부(12)는 기 설정된 정답시 적용 배수의 최대 적용 배수(Max배수)를 2배수, 3배수 및 4배수 중 어느 한 배수의 값으로 한정하여 설정할 수 있다.Therefore, when the review control unit 12 performs the automatic conversion of the review cycle for the review problem, the multiplier applied each time the user answers the review problem correctly (the multiplier applied when the correct answer is preset) continues to be '2 multiple, 3'. Rather than applying it as a continuously increasing multiple such as 'multiplier, 4 multiple, 5 multiple, 6 multiple, 7 multiple, etc.', the maximum applied multiple (Maximum multiple) of the multiplier applied when answering a preset correct answer can be fixed. That is, the review control unit 12 may set the maximum application multiple (Max multiple) of the preset correct answer application multiple to a value of any one of 2 multiples, 3 multiples, and 4 multiples.
이에 따르면, 복습 제어부(12)는 기 설정된 정답시 적용 배수로서 4보다 더 큰 배수(5배수, 6배수 등)를 적용시킬 경우 해당 복습문제에 대한 복습 효과가 떨어질 것이라 판단하여(즉, 해당 복습문제에 대한 효과적인 복습이 이루어지기 어려운 구조라 판단하여) 기 설정된 정답시 적용 배수의 최대 적용 배수(Max배수)를 2배수, 3배수 및 4배수 중 어느 하나로 설정할 수 있다. 본원에서는 바람직하게 2배수가 최대 적용 배수로 적용됨이 바람직할 수 있으나, 이에만 한정되는 것은 아니고, 사용자가 2, 3, 및 4 중 어느 하나를 선택한 것으로 고정적으로 적용되도록 하거나, 문제를 맞출때마다 사용자가 선택한 2, 3, 4, 중 어느 하나의 값이 적용되도록 할 수 있다. 이때, 복습문제를 틀렸을 때 x1이 적용되는 구조는 동일하게 유지될 수 있다.According to this, the review control unit 12 determines that if a multiple greater than 4 (multiple of 5, multiple of 6, etc.) is applied as the applied multiple for the preset correct answer, the review effect for the review problem will be reduced (i.e., the review (Considering that the structure makes it difficult to effectively review the problem), the maximum applied multiple (Max multiple) of the preset applied multiple for correct answer can be set to one of 2 multiples, 3 multiples, and 4 multiples. In this application, it may be preferable that a multiple of 2 is applied as the maximum application multiple, but it is not limited to this, and the user selects any one of 2, 3, and 4 so that it is fixedly applied, or the user Any one of the values selected by 2, 3, or 4 can be applied. At this time, the structure in which x1 is applied when a review problem is incorrect can remain the same.
다시 말해, 본 앱의 제8 특징은 각각의 문제별로 복습문제를 맞추었는지 틀렸는지에 따라 복습 제어부(12)가 추후 복습문제의 복습주기의 자동 맞춤 변환하는 기능을 의미할 수 있다. 이때, 복습문제를 맞추면 복습주기가 늘어나고, 틀리면 복습주기가 유지 되도록(이전의 복습주기와 동일하도록) 제어될 수 있다.In other words, the eighth feature of this app may refer to the function of the review control unit 12 to automatically change the review cycle of future review problems depending on whether the review problem was correct or incorrect for each problem. At this time, if the review question is correct, the review cycle can be increased, and if it is incorrect, the review cycle can be controlled to be maintained (same as the previous review cycle).
복습주기가 늘어나는 방식은 '이전 복습주기'에 x (1→2→3→4→4→4→1→1→...) 에서 (2→3→4→4→4) 처럼 배수가 계속 증가하되, 끝없이 배수가 증가하는 것이 아니라 최대(Maximum) 배수를 선택하도록 해서(이때, 기 설정된 정답시 적용 배수의 최대 적용 배수로는 사용자가 2, 3, 4 중 선택한 어느 하나의 값으로 적용될 수 있음) 그 보다 큰 배수까지는 복습주기가 늘어나지 못하도록 제어할 수 있다.The way the review cycle increases is in the 'previous review cycle', with multiples continuing from x (1→2→3→4→4→4→1→1→...) to (2→3→4→4→4). It increases, but rather than increasing the multiplier endlessly, the maximum multiplier is selected (at this time, the maximum applied multiplier of the preset correct answer multiplier can be applied as any one value selected by the user among 2, 3, and 4. ) It is possible to control the review cycle from increasing to multiples larger than that.
복습주기가 유지되는 방식은 '이전복습주기 x 1'을 적용시킴에 따라 복습주기가 이전 복습주기로 유지되도록 할 수 있다. 즉 이전 적용 배수가 2,3 혹은 4였더라도 복습문제를 틀렸을때는 x1로 줄어든 배수가 적용되도록 할 수 있다.The review cycle can be maintained at the previous review cycle by applying 'previous review cycle x 1'. In other words, even if the previous applied multiplier was 2, 3 or 4, if you get a review problem wrong, a multiplier reduced to x1 can be applied.
복습 제어부(12)는 복습문제에 대한 복습이 무한대로 진행되도록 할 수 있다. 즉, 복습 제어부(12)는 학습완료 문제를 복습을 위해 복습문제로 반복 제공함에 있어서, 복습이 무한대로 진행되도록 제어할 수 있다. 이에 따르면, 본 장치(10)에서 예를들어 'D+1000일 혹은 D+3000일이 넘어가면 더 이상 복습이 오지 않는다'와 같은 제한은 적용되지 않을 수 있다. 본 앱의 제8 특징에 대한 예시는 다음과 같다. The review control unit 12 can allow review of review questions to proceed infinitely. In other words, the review control unit 12 can control the review to proceed infinitely when repeatedly providing study completed problems as review problems for review. According to this, in the present device 10, for example, restrictions such as 'no more review after D+1000 days or D+3000 days' may not be applied. An example of the 8th feature of this app is as follows.
<예시 1><Example 1>
기 설정된 정답시 적용 배수의 최대 적용 배수(Max 배수)가 2 인 경우일 때, 반복 제공되는 복습문제의 복습주기는 일예로 복습문제를 맞추고 틀림에 따라 '이전복습주기 x (1→2→2→2→1→2→1→2→2→2→1→...)'와 같을 수 있다. 이에 따르면, 예시적으로 학습완료 문제에 대한 복습문제의 복습주기는 "D+1 → D+3(1일x2) → D+7(2일x2) → D+15(4일x2) → D+23(8일x1) → D+39(8일x2) → D+55(16일x1) → D+87(16x2) → D+151(32x2) → D+279(64일x2) → D+407(128일x1)→... "와 같을 수 있다.When the maximum application multiple (Max multiple) of the pre-set correct answer is 2, the review cycle of the review problem provided repeatedly is as an example, according to the review problem and the error, 'previous review cycle x (1 → 2 → 2 →2→1→2→1→2→2→2→1→...)'. According to this, for example, the review cycle of review problems for study completion problems is "D+1 → D+3 (1 day x 2) → D+7 (2 days x 2) → D+15 (4 days x 2) → D +23 (8 days x 1) → D+39 (8 days x 2) → D+55 (16 days x 1) → D+87 (16 x 2) → D+151 (32 x 2) → D+279 (64 days x 2) → D It can be equal to +407 (128 days x 1) →... ".
<예시 2> <Example 2>
기 설정된 정답시 적용 배수의 최대 적용 배수가 3 인 경우일 때, 반복 제공되는 복습문제의 복습주기는 일예로 복습문제를 맞추고 틀림에 따라 '이전복습주기 x (1→2→3→3→1→2→3→1→2→1→2→3→...)'와 같을 수 있다. 이에 따르면, 예시적으로 학습완료 문제에 대한 복습문제의 복습주기는 "D+1 → D+3(1 일 x2) → D+9(2 일 x3) → D+27(6 일 x3) → D+45(18 일 x1) → D+81(18 일 x2) → D+189(36 일 x3) → D+297(108 일 x1) → D+513(108 일 x2) → D+729(216 일 x1) → D+1161(216 일 x2) → D+2457(432 일 x3) → ...”와 같을 수 있다. When the maximum application multiple of the preset correct answer is 3, the review cycle of the review questions provided repeatedly is as an example, according to the mistake, 'previous review cycle x (1 → 2 → 3 → 3 → 1 →2→3→1→2→1→2→3→...)'. According to this, the exemplary review cycle of review problems for study completion problems is "D+1 → D+3 (1 day x2) → D+9 (2 days x3) → D+27 (6 days x3) → D +45 (18 days x1) → D+81 (18 days x2) → D+189 (36 days x3) → D+297 (108 days x1) → D+513 (108 days x2) → D+729 (216 days) x1) → D+1161 (216 days x2) → D+2457 (432 days x3) → ...”
<예시 3><Example 3>
기 설정된 정답시 적용 배수의 최대 적용 배수가 4 인 경우일 때, 반복 제공되는 복습문제의 복습주기는 일예로 복습문제를 맞추고 틀림에 따라 '이전복습주기 x (1→2→1→2→3→4→4→1→2→1→2→3→...)'와 같을 수 있다. 이에 따르면, 예시적으로 학습완료 문제에 대한 복습문제의 복습주기는 "D+1 → D+3(1일x2) → D+5(2일x1) → D+9(2일x2) → D+21(4일x3) → D+69(12일x4) → D+261(48일x4) → D+453(192일x1) → D+837(192일x2) → D+1221(384일x1) → D+1989(384일x2) → D+4293(768일x3) → ..."와 같을 수 있다.When the maximum applied multiplier of the preset correct answer is 4, the review cycle of the review problem provided repeatedly is as an example, according to the mistake, 'previous review cycle x (1 → 2 → 1 → 2 → 3 →4→4→1→2→1→2→3→...)'. According to this, for example, the review cycle of review problems for study completion problems is "D+1 → D+3 (1 day x 2) → D+5 (2 days x 1) → D+9 (2 days x 2) → D +21 (4 days x 3) → D+69 (12 days x 4) → D+261 (48 days x 4) → D+453 (192 days x 1) → D+837 (192 days x 2) → D+1221 (384 days) x1) → D+1989 (384 days x 2) → D+4293 (768 days x 3) → ..."
이와 같이, 본 앱의 제8 특징(즉, 복습주기 자동 맞춤 변환 특징)에 의하면, 본 장치(10)는 사용자가 아무리 연속으로 복습문제를 틀린다 하더라도 결국 '이전복습주기'에 'x1'을 적용하는 것임에 따라, 이전 복습주기가 그대로 유지되도록 하는 것이지, 복습주기 자체가 짧아지는 경우는 없도록 복습주기를 자동 맞춤 변환할 수 있다. 또한, 본 장치(10)는 사용자가 복습문제를 틀릴 경우, 다시한번 이전복습주기(=가장 마지막 복습주기 =그때까지중에 가장 긴 복습주기)를 다시 한번 제공함으로써, 그 복습주기 만큼의 시간 간격에도 기억이 유지되는 것을 확인하고 나서 다음 복습주기(=더 긴 복습주기)로 나아가도록 할 수 있다. 본원에서 '이전 복습주기'라는 것은 결국 학습자가 '이 정도의 복습주기까지는 기억을 유지할 수 있다'고 테스트된 증명 값을 의미할 수 있으며, 오답시에는 이 복습주기를 다시한번 테스트해 보고 결국 더 긴 복습주기로 나아가도록 할 수 있다.In this way, according to the eighth feature of this app (i.e., the review cycle automatic conversion feature), the device 10 eventually applies 'x1' to the 'previous review cycle' no matter how many times the user gets the review questions wrong. Accordingly, the review cycle can be automatically converted so that the previous review cycle is maintained as is, but the review cycle itself is not shortened. In addition, if the user makes a review question incorrectly, the device 10 once again provides the previous review cycle (=last review cycle=longest review cycle so far), so that the time interval equal to the review cycle is maintained. After confirming that the memory is maintained, you can proceed to the next review cycle (= longer review cycle). In this institute, 'previous review cycle' can ultimately mean the proof value tested that the learner can 'maintain memory up to this level of review cycle', and in case of an incorrect answer, this review cycle is tested again and eventually further. You can proceed with a long review cycle.
또한, 복습 제어부(12)는 복습문제(학습완료 문제에 대응하는 복습문제)의 반복 제공시, 금번 제공된 금번 복습문제를 제공함에 있어서, 금번 복습문제가 금번의 이전에 제공된 이전 복습문제 대비 며칠만에 제공된 복습문제인지를 나타내는 정보(일차 정보)를 금번 복습문제와 함께 제공할 수 있다. 이때, '일차 정보가 포함된 복습문제를 제공하는 특징'은 일예로 본 앱의 제10 특징이라 지칭될 수 있다. In addition, when providing review problems (review problems corresponding to study completion problems) repeatedly, the review control unit 12 provides the current review problem provided this time, so that the current review problem is only a few days longer than the previous review problem provided before this time. Information (primary information) indicating whether it is a review question provided in can be provided along with this review question. At this time, the 'feature of providing review problems containing primary information' may be referred to as the 10th feature of this app, as an example.
즉, 복습 제어부(12)는 복습문제의 제공시 일차 정보를 포함시켜, 일차 정보가 포함된 복습문제를 제공할 수 있다. 일차 정보는 이전 복습문제와 금번 복습문제 각각이 제공된 날짜 간의 차이가 되는 일수 정보를 의미할 수 있다. 예시적으로 이전 복습문제가 D+15에 제공되었고, 이후 다음번 복습문제가 D+31에 제공되었다고 하자. 이때, D+31에 제공된 복습문제를 금번 복습문제라 할 경우, 해당 금번 복습문제의 일차 정보는 '16일차' 정보와 같을 수 있다. 즉, D+15와 D+31 간의 일수 차이가 16일 차이가 나므로, 일차 정보가 ‘16 일차’ 혹은 ‘16 일차 도전’과 같을 수 있다. 따라서, 복습 제어부(12)는 D+31에 해당 복습문제의 제공시, '16일차' 라는 일차 정보가 포함된 복습문제를 제공할 수 있다. That is, the review control unit 12 may include primary information when providing a review problem and provide a review problem including the primary information. Primary information may refer to information on the number of days that is the difference between the dates on which each of the previous review problems and this review problem were provided. As an example, let's say the previous review problem was provided at D+15, and the next review problem was provided at D+31. At this time, if the review problem provided in D+31 is referred to as this review problem, the primary information of this review problem may be the same as the 'Day 16' information. In other words, since the difference in days between D+15 and D+31 is 16 days, the primary information may be the same as ‘Day 16’ or ‘Day 16 Challenge’. Accordingly, the review control unit 12 may provide a review problem including primary information 'day 16' when providing the corresponding review problem to D+31.
일예로, 만약에 Max 배수(즉, 기 설정된 정답시 적용 배수의 최대 적용 배수)가 2이면서(이때, 본 장치(10)에서는 최대 적용 배수가 2, 3, 및 4 중 어느 하나로 적용될 수 있는데, 가장 바람직하게는 2가 적용되는 것이 보다 바람직할 수 있음), 도 8에 도시된 것과 같이 복습문제를 맞추고 틀리는것이 진행되었다고 하자. 즉, 사용자가 특정 학습완료 문제에 대한 복습을 수행함에 있어서, 제공된 복습문제의 제공시마다 도 8에 도시된 것과 같이 정답을 맞추거나 틀림에 따라 반복적인 복습을 진행했다고 하자.For example, if the Max multiplier (i.e., the maximum application multiplier of the preset correct answer application multiple) is 2 (in this case, in the present device 10, the maximum application multiplier may be applied as one of 2, 3, and 4, Most preferably, it may be more desirable to apply 2), let's say that the review problems are correct and incorrect as shown in Figure 8. In other words, let's say that when the user is reviewing a specific study completion problem, each time a review problem is provided, repeated review is performed depending on whether the user answers correctly or incorrectly, as shown in FIG. 8.
이때, 복습 제어부(12)는 복습문제의 제공시마다, 제공되는 복습문제 각각이 이전에 제공되었던 복습문제로부터 며칠만에 다시 제공되는 문제인지(즉, 각각의 복습문제에 대하여, 해당 복습문제가 며칠만에 다시 제공되는 문제인지)에 대한 일차 정보를 함께 표시해 복습문제를 제공할 수 있다(본 앱의 제10 특징).At this time, whenever a review problem is provided, the review control unit 12 determines whether each provided review problem is a problem provided again in a few days from a previously provided review problem (i.e., for each review problem, how many days does the review problem last? Review questions can be provided by displaying primary information about whether the questions will be provided again later (the 10th feature of this app).
도 8을 참조하여 예를 들면, 일예로 D+31에 오는 복습문제의 경우 D+15 이후에 16일만에 오는 복습문제이므로, 복습 제어부(12)는 D+31에 복습문제의 제공시, 일차 정보로서 "16일차" 혹은 "16일차 도전"과 같은 정보를 복습문제의 일영역에 함께 표시하여 복습문제를 제공할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 8, for example, in the case of a review problem that comes at D+31, since it is a review problem that comes 16 days after D+15, the review control unit 12 provides the first review problem when providing a review problem at D+31. Review problems can be provided by displaying information such as “Day 16” or “Day 16 Challenge” in the first area of the review problem.
이처럼, 일차 정보가 함께 표시된 복습문제를 제공하는 본 앱의 제10 특징에 의하면, 본 장치(10)는 금번 제공되는 금번 복습문제가 얼마만에 오는 복습문제인지를 사용자(학습자)에게 일차 정보로 표시해줄 수 있다. 이에 따라, 본 장치(10)는 금번 복습문제에 대하여 사용자(학습자)가 정답을 맞추었을 경우, 사용자 본인이 며칠이 지난 문제를 맞추었는지 스스로 확인(인지) 가능하도록 할 수 있고, 그에 따른 성취감을 가질 수 있도록 할 수 있다.According to the tenth feature of this app, which provides review problems with primary information displayed, the device 10 provides primary information to the user (learner) about how soon the current review problem will be. It can be displayed. Accordingly, the device 10 can enable the user to check (recognize) whether the user (learner) answered the question correctly several days ago when he or she answers the review question correctly, and feels a sense of accomplishment accordingly. You can have it.
예를 들어, 어떠한 복습문제가 1000일만에 제공된 문제라면, 사용자는 일차 정보(일예로 '금번 복습문제는 1000일차 도전 문제입니다'와 같은 정보)로 하여금 금번 제공된 복습문제가 1000일만에 온 것임을 확인(인지)할 수 있게 될 것이다. 이러한 본 장치(10)는 일차 정보가 포함된 복습문제를 제공함으로써, 일차 정보로 하여금 복습문제를 푸는 사용자(학습자)가 주어진 복습문제를 맞추고자 하는 도전의식이 생기도록 할 수 있고, 만약 실제로 사용자가 주어진 복습문제의 정답을 맞추었을 경우 매우 큰 성취감을 안겨주도록 할 수 있다.For example, if a review problem was provided 1000 days ago, the user uses primary information (e.g. information such as 'This review problem is the 1000th day challenge problem') to confirm that the review problem provided this time was provided 1000 days ago. (recognition) will be possible. This device 10 provides a review problem containing primary information, so that the user (learner) who solves the review problem can develop a sense of challenge to solve the given review problem by using the primary information, and if the user actually If you get the correct answer to a given review question, it can give you a great sense of accomplishment.
본 장치(10)는 상술한 제1 특징 내지 제10 특징을 갖는 언어 학습 방식을 제공함으로써, 다양한 나라의 언어(즉, 한국어, 외국어(일예로, 영어, 일본어 등))에 대한 학습 효과를 극대화시킬 수 있다. 특히나, 본 장치(10)는 단순 단어 학습이 아닌, 단어보다 길이가 더 긴 문장 위주로의 학습 기술을 제공함에 따라, 문장에 대한 언어 학습의 효과를 극대화시킬 수 있다. 이때, 본 장치(10)에서 제1 특징 내지 제10 특징 중에서, 일예로 제4 특징, 제6 특징 및 제8 특징은 동시 사용이 불가능할 수 있다. 즉, 본 장치(10)에서는 제4 특징, 제6 특징 및 제8 특징의 경우, 이들 중 어느 한 특징만 선택적으로 적용되어 사용될 수 있고, 적용될 특징의 선택은 일예로 본 장치(10)를 이용하는 사용자(학습자)에 의해 선택/결정이 이루어질 수 있다. This device 10 maximizes the learning effect for languages of various countries (i.e., Korean, foreign languages (e.g., English, Japanese, etc.)) by providing a language learning method having the first to tenth features described above. You can do it. In particular, the present device 10 can maximize the effect of language learning for sentences by providing a learning technology focusing on sentences longer than words, rather than simple word learning. At this time, among the first to tenth features in the device 10, for example, the fourth feature, the sixth feature, and the eighth feature may not be used simultaneously. That is, in the case of the fourth feature, the sixth feature, and the eighth feature, in the present device 10, only one of these features can be selectively applied and used, and the selection of the feature to be applied is, for example, performed using the present device 10. Choices/decisions can be made by the user (learner).
본 장치(10)는 언어학습에서 가장 중요한 요소인 규칙적이고 꾸준한 학습 및 반복을 가장 자연스럽게 유도하며, 반복학습의 경우(즉, 학습완료 문제에 대한 반복적인 복습의 경우) 최소 투입 대비 가장 큰 기억의 효과가 나올 수 있게 하는 방향으로 효과적인 언어 학습/복습이 이루어지도록 제공할 수 있다.This device (10) most naturally induces regular and steady learning and repetition, which are the most important elements in language learning, and in the case of repeated learning (i.e., in the case of repeated review of learned problems), it provides the largest amount of memory compared to the minimum input. We can provide effective language learning/review in a way that is effective.
본 장치(10)에서 매일 제공되는 3문제(즉, 오늘의 문제)가 학습되는 방식은, 도 2에 도시된 것과 같이 “오늘의 문제를 푸는 문제 풀기 과정(1단계) → 정답 확인 과정(2단계) → 복습하기 과정(3단계) → 정답 확인 과정(4단계)”을 통해 학습이 이루어질 수 있다.The method in which the 3 problems (i.e., today's problem) provided every day in this device 10 are learned is as shown in FIG. 2: “Problem solving process (step 1) to solve today's problem → correct answer confirmation process (2 Learning can be accomplished through “step) → review process (step 3) → confirmation process (step 4).”
또한, 본 장치(10)에서 특정 문제가 복습되는 방식은 다음과 같을 수 있다. 첫째, 특정 문제의 복습(즉, 복습문제의 제공)은 일예로 학습한 날로부터 ‘D+1, D+3, D+7, D+15, D+30, D+60, D+120, D+210, D+365, D+600, D+1000’에 해당하는 일자에 복습이 이루어질 수 있다. 복습되는 날짜와 횟수는 일예로 사용자에 의해 변경 가능할 수 있다. 둘째, 어떤 날의 Q1 문제는 복습되는 날의 Q1 문제에 앞서서 복습이 될 수 있고, 마찬가지로 어떤 날의 Q2 는 복습되는 날의 Q2 에 앞서서 복습이 이루어질 수 있다. 단, 본 장치(10)에서 학습되지 않은 문제(즉, 학습완료가 되지 않은 학습미완료 문제)는 복습 및 재학습이 불가능할 수 있다.Additionally, the manner in which a particular problem is reviewed in the device 10 may be as follows. First, review of a specific problem (i.e., provision of review problems) is, for example, 'D+1, D+3, D+7, D+15, D+30, D+60, D+120, Review can be done on dates corresponding to D+210, D+365, D+600, and D+1000. For example, the review date and number of times may be changeable by the user. Second, Q1 problems on a certain day may be reviewed before Q1 problems on the day on which they are reviewed, and similarly, Q2 on a certain day may be reviewed before Q2 on the day on which they are reviewed. However, problems that have not been learned by the device 10 (i.e., unfinished problems that have not been studied) may not be reviewed or re-learned.
예시적으로, 3일차 Q1이 학습완료 되었으면, 학습완료 문제(3일차 Q1)에 대한 복습문제는, 4일차 Q1 앞에, 6일차 Q1 앞에, 10일차 Q1 앞에, 18일차 Q1 앞에, 33일차 Q1 앞에, 63일차 Q1 앞에, 123일차 Q1 앞에, 213일차 Q1 앞에, 368일차 Q1 앞에, 1003 일차 Q1 앞에 제공될 수 있다.For example, if Q1 on the 3rd day is completed, the review questions for the completed questions (Q1 on the 3rd day) are before Q1 on the 4th day, before Q1 on the 6th day, before Q1 on the 10th day, before Q1 on the 18th day, and before Q1 on the 33rd day. , can be provided before Q1 on day 63, before Q1 on day 123, before Q1 on day 213, before Q1 on day 368, before Q1 on day 1003.
또한, 일예로 17일차 Q2(오늘의 문제)에 앞서서 나오는 복습문제는, 그동안 모든 문제가 누락 없이 모두 학습완료 되었다는 가정하에, 도 4b에 도시된 것과 같이 2일차 Q2 복습문제(D-15) → 10일차 Q2 복습문제(D-7) → 14일차 Q2 복습문제(D-3) → 16일차 Q2 복습문제(D-1)'와 같을 수 있고, 이들 4개의 복습문제가 모두 복습완료 되어야만 17일차 Q2인 오늘의 문제가 제공될 수 있다.In addition, as an example, the review problem that appears before Q2 (problem of the day) on the 17th day is the Q2 review problem (D-15) on the 2nd day, as shown in Figure 4b, under the assumption that all problems have been studied without omission. It can be the same as ‘10th day Q2 review question (D-7) → 14th day Q2 review question (D-3) → 16th day Q2 review question (D-1)’, and all 4 review questions must be completed for review on day 17. Q2, Problem of the Day, may be provided.
이하에서는 상기에 자세히 설명된 내용을 기반으로, 본원의 동작 흐름을 간단히 살펴보기로 한다.Below, we will briefly look at the operation flow of the present application based on the details described above.
도 9는 본원의 일 실시예에 따른 언어 학습 방법에 대한 동작 흐름도이다.Figure 9 is an operation flowchart of a language learning method according to an embodiment of the present application.
도 9에 도시된 언어 학습 방법은 앞서 설명된 본 장치(10)에 의하여 수행될 수 있다. 따라서, 이하 생략된 내용이라고 하더라도 본 장치(10)에 대하여 설명된 내용은 언어 학습 방법에 대한 설명에도 동일하게 적용될 수 있다.The language learning method shown in FIG. 9 can be performed by the device 10 described above. Therefore, even if the content is omitted below, the content described with respect to the device 10 can be equally applied to the description of the language learning method.
도 9를 참조하면, 단계S11에서 제공부는 언어 학습을 위한 오늘의 문제를 제공할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 9, in step S11, the providing unit may provide today's problem for language learning.
이때, 오늘의 문제는 복수회의 기 설정된 시간에 제공되는 복수개의 문제를 포함하고, 제공부는 오늘의 문제를 매일 제공하되, 매일 신규한 오늘의 문제를 제공할 수 있다.At this time, the problem of the day includes a plurality of problems provided multiple times at a preset time, and the provider provides the problem of the day every day, but may provide a new problem of the day every day.
또한, 단계S11에서 제공부는, 당일 오늘의 문제의 제공시, 당일 복습 제어부에 의해 제공되는 복습문제가 존재하는 경우, 당일 제공되는 복습문제의 제공 이후에 당일 오늘의 문제를 제공할 수 있다.Additionally, in step S11, when providing today's problem, if there is a review problem provided by the same-day review control unit, the provision unit may provide today's problem after providing the review problem provided on that day.
다음으로, 단계S12에서 복습 제어부는 단계S11에서 제공된 오늘의 문제에 대한 사용자의 학습완료 여부를 고려하여, 학습완료된 학습완료 문제의 복습을 위한 복습문제를 제공할 수 있다.Next, in step S12, the review control unit may consider whether the user has completed learning of today's problem provided in step S11 and provide a review problem for reviewing the problem that has been studied.
이때, 단계S12에서 복습 제어부는, 오늘의 문제 내 복수개의 문제 중 사용자에 의해 학습이 완료되지 않은 것으로 확인된 학습미완료 문제의 경우, 재학습 및 복습이 불가하도록 삭제 처리할 수 있다.At this time, in step S12, the review control unit may delete an unfinished problem for which learning has not been confirmed by the user among a plurality of problems in today's problem so that re-learning and review are not possible.
또한, 단계S12에서 복습 제어부는, 오늘의 문제 내 복수개의 문제 중 사용자에 의해 학습이 완료된 것으로 확인된 학습완료 문제의 경우, 복습이 가능하도록 기 설정된 복습기간 정보를 부여하고, 학습완료 문제에 대응하는 복습문제를 기 설정된 복습기간 정보 내 복습주기에 맞추어 제공할 수 있다.In addition, in step S12, in the case of a study completion problem for which learning has been confirmed by the user among a plurality of problems in today's problem, the review control unit provides preset review period information to enable review, and responds to the study completion problem. Review questions can be provided according to the review cycle within the preset review period information.
여기서, 복습주기는, 복수개의 복습일을 대상으로 설정되는 복수개의 복습일 간의 주기에 관한 정보일 수 있다. 또한, 복습주기는 복습문제가 제공될 때마다, 제공된 복습문제에 대한 사용자의 정답 여부에 따라 달리 조정될 수 있다.Here, the review cycle may be information about the cycle between a plurality of review days set for a plurality of review days. Additionally, the review cycle may be adjusted differently each time a review question is provided, depending on whether the user answers the provided review question correctly.
상술한 설명에서, 단계 S11 및 S12는 본원의 구현예에 따라서, 추가적인 단계들로 더 분할되거나, 더 적은 단계들로 조합될 수 있다. 또한, 일부 단계는 필요에 따라 생략될 수도 있고, 단계 간의 순서가 변경될 수도 있다.In the above description, steps S11 and S12 may be further divided into additional steps or combined into fewer steps, depending on the implementation of the present disclosure. Additionally, some steps may be omitted or the order between steps may be changed as needed.
본원의 일 실시 예에 따른 언어 학습 방법은 다양한 컴퓨터 수단을 통하여 수행될 수 있는 프로그램 명령 형태로 구현되어 컴퓨터 판독 가능 매체에 기록될 수 있다. 상기 컴퓨터 판독 가능 매체는 프로그램 명령, 데이터 파일, 데이터 구조 등을 단독으로 또는 조합하여 포함할 수 있다. 상기 매체에 기록되는 프로그램 명령은 본 발명을 위하여 특별히 설계되고 구성된 것들이거나 컴퓨터 소프트웨어 당업자에게 공지되어 사용 가능한 것일 수도 있다. 컴퓨터 판독 가능 기록 매체의 예에는 하드 디스크, 플로피 디스크 및 자기 테이프와 같은 자기 매체(magnetic media), CD-ROM, DVD와 같은 광기록 매체(optical media), 플롭티컬 디스크(floptical disk)와 같은 자기-광 매체(magneto-optical media), 및 롬(ROM), 램(RAM), 플래시 메모리 등과 같은 프로그램 명령을 저장하고 수행하도록 특별히 구성된 하드웨어 장치가 포함된다. 프로그램 명령의 예에는 컴파일러에 의해 만들어지는 것과 같은 기계어 코드뿐만 아니라 인터프리터 등을 사용해서 컴퓨터에 의해서 실행될 수 있는 고급 언어 코드를 포함한다. 상기된 하드웨어 장치는 본 발명의 동작을 수행하기 위해 하나 이상의 소프트웨어 모듈로서 작동하도록 구성될 수 있으며, 그 역도 마찬가지이다.The language learning method according to an embodiment of the present application may be implemented in the form of program instructions that can be executed through various computer means and recorded on a computer-readable medium. The computer-readable medium may include program instructions, data files, data structures, etc., singly or in combination. Program instructions recorded on the medium may be specially designed and constructed for the present invention or may be known and usable by those skilled in the art of computer software. Examples of computer-readable recording media include magnetic media such as hard disks, floppy disks, and magnetic tapes, optical media such as CD-ROMs and DVDs, and magnetic media such as floptical disks. -Includes optical media (magneto-optical media) and hardware devices specifically configured to store and execute program instructions, such as ROM, RAM, flash memory, etc. Examples of program instructions include machine language code, such as that produced by a compiler, as well as high-level language code that can be executed by a computer using an interpreter, etc. The hardware devices described above may be configured to operate as one or more software modules to perform the operations of the present invention, and vice versa.
또한, 전술한 언어 학습 방법은 기록 매체에 저장되는 컴퓨터에 의해 실행되는 컴퓨터 프로그램 또는 애플리케이션의 형태로도 구현될 수 있다.Additionally, the above-described language learning method may also be implemented in the form of a computer program or application stored on a recording medium and executed by a computer.
전술한 본원의 설명은 예시를 위한 것이며, 본원이 속하는 기술분야의 통상의 지식을 가진 자는 본원의 기술적 사상이나 필수적인 특징을 변경하지 않고서 다른 구체적인 형태로 쉽게 변형이 가능하다는 것을 이해할 수 있을 것이다. 그러므로 이상에서 기술한 실시예들은 모든 면에서 예시적인 것이며 한정적이 아닌 것으로 이해해야만 한다. 예를 들어, 단일형으로 설명되어 있는 각 구성 요소는 분산되어 실시될 수도 있으며, 마찬가지로 분산된 것으로 설명되어 있는 구성 요소들도 결합된 형태로 실시될 수 있다.The description of the present application described above is for illustrative purposes, and those skilled in the art will understand that the present application can be easily modified into other specific forms without changing its technical idea or essential features. Therefore, the embodiments described above should be understood in all respects as illustrative and not restrictive. For example, each component described as unitary may be implemented in a distributed manner, and similarly, components described as distributed may also be implemented in a combined form.
본원의 범위는 상기 상세한 설명보다는 후술하는 특허청구범위에 의하여 나타내어지며, 특허청구범위의 의미 및 범위 그리고 그 균등 개념으로부터 도출되는 모든 변경 또는 변형된 형태가 본원의 범위에 포함되는 것으로 해석되어야 한다.The scope of the present application is indicated by the claims described below rather than the detailed description above, and all changes or modified forms derived from the meaning and scope of the claims and their equivalent concepts should be construed as being included in the scope of the present application.

Claims (9)

  1. 언어 학습 장치로서,As a language learning device,
    언어 학습을 위한 오늘의 문제를 제공하는 제공부; 및Provides today's issues for language learning; and
    상기 오늘의 문제에 대한 사용자의 학습완료 여부를 고려하여, 학습완료된 학습완료 문제의 복습을 위한 복습문제를 제공하는 복습 제어부,A review control unit that considers whether the user has completed learning about the problem of the day and provides review problems for reviewing the problem that has been studied,
    를 포함하는 언어 학습 장치.A language learning device comprising:
  2. 제1항에 있어서,According to paragraph 1,
    상기 오늘의 문제는, 복수회의 기 설정된 시간에 제공되는 복수개의 문제를 포함하고,The problem of the day includes a plurality of problems provided at a plurality of times at a preset time,
    상기 제공부는 상기 오늘의 문제를 매일 제공하되, 매일 신규한 오늘의 문제를 제공하는 것인, 언어 학습 장치.The language learning device wherein the provision unit provides the problem of the day every day and provides a new problem of the day every day.
  3. 제2항에 있어서,According to paragraph 2,
    상기 복습 제어부는,The review control unit,
    상기 오늘의 문제 내 복수개의 문제 각각에 대하여, 학습 유효시간 내에 학습이 완료되지 않은 문제를 학습미완료 문제로 인식하고, 상기 학습 유효시간 내에 학습이 완료된 문제를 학습완료 문제로 인식하되,For each of the plurality of problems in the Problem of the Day, problems for which learning has not been completed within the learning validity time are recognized as uncompleted problems, and problems for which learning has been completed within the learning validity time are recognized as learning complete problems.
    상기 복수개의 문제 각각의 학습 유효시간은, 다음 문제가 제공되는 시간 이전까지의 시간으로 설정되는 것인, 언어 학습 장치.A language learning device wherein the learning effective time for each of the plurality of problems is set to the time before the next problem is provided.
  4. 제2항에 있어서,According to paragraph 2,
    상기 제공부는,The provision department,
    당일 오늘의 문제의 제공시, 당일 상기 복습 제어부에 의해 제공되는 복습문제가 존재하는 경우, 당일 제공되는 복습문제의 제공 이후에 당일 오늘의 문제를 제공하는 것인, 언어 학습 장치.When providing today's problem of the day, if there is a review problem provided by the review control unit on that day, a language learning device that provides today's problem of that day after providing the review problem provided that day.
  5. 제2항에 있어서,According to paragraph 2,
    상기 복습 제어부는,The review control unit,
    상기 오늘의 문제 내 복수개의 문제 중 상기 사용자에 의해 학습이 완료되지 않은 것으로 확인된 학습미완료 문제의 경우, 재학습 및 복습이 불가하도록 삭제 처리하는 것인, 언어 학습 장치.A language learning device that, among the plurality of problems in the Problem of the Day, deletes unfinished problems for which learning has not been confirmed by the user to prevent re-learning and review.
  6. 제2항에 있어서,According to paragraph 2,
    상기 복습 제어부는,The review control unit,
    상기 오늘의 문제 내 복수개의 문제 중 상기 사용자에 의해 학습이 완료된 것으로 확인된 학습완료 문제의 경우, 복습이 가능하도록 기 설정된 복습기간 정보를 부여하고, 상기 학습완료 문제에 대응하는 복습문제를 상기 기 설정된 복습기간 정보 내 복습주기에 맞추어 제공하는 것인, 언어 학습 장치.In the case of a completed problem for which learning has been confirmed to be completed by the user among the plurality of problems in the problem of the day, information on a preset review period is provided to enable review, and a review problem corresponding to the completed problem is provided in the above list. A language learning device that provides information according to the review period within the set review period.
  7. 제6항에 있어서,According to clause 6,
    상기 복습주기는, 복수개의 복습일을 대상으로 설정되는 복수개의 복습일 간의 주기에 관한 정보인 것인, 언어 학습 장치.The review cycle is information about the cycle between a plurality of review days set for a plurality of review days.
  8. 제6항에 있어서,According to clause 6,
    상기 복습주기는, 상기 복습문제가 제공될 때마다, 제공된 복습문제에 대한 사용자의 정답 여부에 따라 달리 조정되는 것인, 언어 학습 장치.The review cycle is adjusted differently each time the review question is provided, depending on whether the user answers the provided review question correctly.
  9. 제1항에 있어서,According to paragraph 1,
    상기 제공부에 의해 제공되는 오늘의 문제 및 상기 복습 제어부에 의해 제공되는 복습문제의 화면 표출을 제어하는 제어부를 더 포함하고,It further includes a control unit that controls screen display of today's problem provided by the provision unit and the review problem provided by the review control unit,
    상기 제어부는, 상기 사용자가 상기 오늘의 문제 또는 복습문제에 대한 문제 풀이의 수행시 오답인 것으로 감지된 경우, 최소 3번의 문제 풀이를 재시도한 경우에 한하여 정답 확인이 가능하도록 제어하는 것인, 언어 학습 장치.The control unit controls, when it is detected that the user has given an incorrect answer when solving the problem of the day or the review problem, the correct answer to be confirmed only when the user has reattempted the problem solving at least three times. Language, Learning device.
PCT/KR2023/006447 2022-05-26 2023-05-12 Language learning apparatus and method WO2023229268A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR10-2022-0064493 2022-05-26
KR1020220064493A KR102464464B1 (en) 2022-05-26 2022-05-26 Language learning apparatus and method

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023229268A1 true WO2023229268A1 (en) 2023-11-30

Family

ID=84101546

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/KR2023/006447 WO2023229268A1 (en) 2022-05-26 2023-05-12 Language learning apparatus and method

Country Status (2)

Country Link
KR (1) KR102464464B1 (en)
WO (1) WO2023229268A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR102464464B1 (en) * 2022-05-26 2022-11-04 이승호 Language learning apparatus and method

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20010069424A (en) * 2001-03-21 2001-07-25 김상민 a server for study on internet and method thereof
JP2004004418A (en) * 2002-03-27 2004-01-08 Tetsuo Tanaka Autonomous learning apparatus
KR20120006720A (en) * 2010-07-13 2012-01-19 윤영식 Method of memorizing foreign words and apparatus thereof
KR20140021804A (en) * 2012-06-20 2014-02-21 최보경 This is a organization of app-program that can be memorized foreign words efficiently and systematically
KR20200041753A (en) * 2018-10-14 2020-04-22 금장철 A Word Review System Based On Word Games
KR102464464B1 (en) * 2022-05-26 2022-11-04 이승호 Language learning apparatus and method

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20010069424A (en) * 2001-03-21 2001-07-25 김상민 a server for study on internet and method thereof
JP2004004418A (en) * 2002-03-27 2004-01-08 Tetsuo Tanaka Autonomous learning apparatus
KR20120006720A (en) * 2010-07-13 2012-01-19 윤영식 Method of memorizing foreign words and apparatus thereof
KR20140021804A (en) * 2012-06-20 2014-02-21 최보경 This is a organization of app-program that can be memorized foreign words efficiently and systematically
KR20200041753A (en) * 2018-10-14 2020-04-22 금장철 A Word Review System Based On Word Games
KR102464464B1 (en) * 2022-05-26 2022-11-04 이승호 Language learning apparatus and method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR102464464B1 (en) 2022-11-04

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2011019257A2 (en) English learning system
WO2023229268A1 (en) Language learning apparatus and method
WO2019050074A1 (en) Studying system capable of providing cloud-based digital question writing solution and implementing distribution service platform, and control method thereof
WO2020045927A1 (en) Electronic device and method for generating short cut of quick command
WO2017150860A1 (en) Predicting text input based on user demographic information and context information
WO2017116216A1 (en) Method for displaying contents on basis of smart desktop and smart terminal
Gassler et al. Integrated Micro Learning–An outline of the basic method and first results
WO2014010974A1 (en) User interface apparatus and method for user terminal
WO2017160073A1 (en) Method and device for accelerated playback, transmission and storage of media files
WO2013151347A1 (en) Apparatus and method for inputting characters
WO2018080162A1 (en) Method and apparatus for executing application on basis of voice commands
WO2015170945A1 (en) Method of learning english by teaching english word order and system therefor
WO2014035195A2 (en) User interface apparatus in a user terminal and method for supporting the same
WO2019104997A1 (en) Method and device for teaching english, and computer-readable storage medium
EP3227800A1 (en) Device and method for outputting response
WO2018084326A1 (en) Method and server for providing real-time consultation
WO2020032655A1 (en) Method for executing function based on voice and electronic device supporting the same
WO2017116203A1 (en) Method and apparatus for supporting foreign language reading comprehension
WO2020218908A1 (en) Verb learning method and system for speaking foreign language
Mátrai How to make an electronic library accessible
WO2021075739A2 (en) Method for providing game-based foreign-language word learning application
WO2024005329A1 (en) Method, apparatus, and system for providing artificial intelligence-based member evaluation feedback service
WO2016072569A1 (en) English vocabulary learning service system allowing user to become familiar with english vocabulary through syllables and stresses
US20080243775A1 (en) Data Extraction Supporting System
WO2015170863A1 (en) Method for providing study data using mobile terminal

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23812042

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1